Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 187

Service Manual

Multi-gas Incubator FILE No.

MCO-19M ( )
MCO-19M(UV)
( )
SANYO Electric Co., Ltd.
Biomedical Business Division

SM9910245
Effective models

This service manual is effective for following models.

Name Product code Voltage and Frequency


MCO-19M 823 633 51 115V 60Hz
823 633 54 230/240V 50Hz
MCO-19M(UV) 823 633 71 115V 60Hz
823 633 74 230/240V 50Hz

Contents
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌 Page
Specifications ------------------------------------------------------- 1
- Structural specifications
- Control specifications
- Performance specifications
Dimensions ----------------------------------------------------------------- 4
Gas circuits ----------------------------------------------------------------- 5
Temperature calibration ----------------------------------------------------------------- 6
CO2 span calibration ----------------------------------------------------------------- 7
O2㻌 span calibration ----------------------------------------------------------------- 8
CO2/O2 zero calibration ----------------------------------------------------------------- 9
Components on PCB ----------------------------------------------------------------- 10
Connections on PCB ----------------------------------------------------------------- 11
Electric parts ----------------------------------------------------------------- 12
Wiring diagram ----------------------------------------------------------------- 13
Circuit diagram (MAIN / LCD) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 14
Control specifications ----------------------------------------------------------------- 16
Operational specifications of LCD panel ---------------------------------------------- 23
Prevention of contamination ----------------------------------------------------------------- 71
Specifications of sensors ----------------------------------------------------------------- 72
Mechanism of Double wavelength IR sensor ---------------------------------------------- 74
Water sensor ----------------------------------------------------------------- 75
Parts layout ----------------------------------------------------------------- 76
Setting procedures for optional components -------------------------------------- 77
How to install UV lamp add-on kit 䠄MCO-19UVS䠅 -------------------------------------- 81
Installation of H2O2 Generator (MCO-HP) ---------------------------------------------- 87
How to install H2O2 decontamination kit (MCO-HL) and Electric lock ------------- 88
How to install Roller Base 䠄MCO-18RB䠅 ---------------------------------------------- 92
How to install Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover䠄MCO-21GC䠅 ------------- 93
How to install Automatic CO2 density calibration add-on kit 䠄MCO-SG䠅 ---------- 101
Test data ----------------------------------------------------------------- 102
- Temperature pull-up data
- Humidity pull-up data
- Temperature change during power failure
- Temperature recovery data (30sec/60sec door open)
- Humidity recovery data (30sec/60sec door open)
- CO2 recovery data䠄30sec/60sec door open䠅
- N2/O2 recovery data䠄30sec/60sec door open䠅
- Days before CO2 tank becomes empty
- Days before N2/O2 tank becomes empty
- Temperature distribution data – 15points measured
Instruction manual ----------------------------------------------------------------- 106

Specifications

ŶStrucutural specifications
Name Multi-gas Incubator
Model MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV)
External dimensions W620 x D710 x H900 mm
Internal dimensions W490 x D523 x H665 mm
Interior volume 162 L
Exterior Painted steel
Interior Stainless steel containing copper
Outer door Painted steel
Inner door Stainless steel with gasket
Gas tight split door 4 doors made of temperared glass
3 trays, made of stainless steel containing copper
Tray
Dimensions; W450 x D450 x H12 mm, Maximum load; 7 kg/tray
Access port Inner diameter; 30 mm, On the back side
Insulation Rigid-polyurethane foamed-in place
Heating system DHA system 䠄Heater jacket and air jacket䠅
Heater 314 W
Humidifying system Natural evaporation with humidifying pan
Temperature controller PID control system
o
Temperature display Digital display䠄Resolution: 0.1 C䠅
CO2 controller PID control system
CO2 density display Digital display (Resolution: 0.1%䠅
O2 controller PID control system
O2 density display Digital display (Resolution: 0.1%䠅
Air circulation Fan assisted
Air filter 0.3μm, Efficiency: 99.97 % or more
UV lamp (Option) 4 W×1 (Ozone-free emission)
Water level sensor Optical type
Automatic set temperature alarm, automatic set CO2 density alarm,
Alarms Automatic set O2 density alarm, Upper limit temperature alarm,
various gas/sensor/heater alarms, Door alarm, UVlamp failure
Remote alarm contacts Allowable contact capacity: DC 30 V, 2 A
CO2 inlet connection Diameter; 4䡚6 mm tube
2
CO2 inlet pressure 0.03 MPaG䠄0.3 kg/cm G, 4.3psiG䠅
O2 inlet connection Diameter; 4䡚6 mm tube
2
O2 inlet pressure 0.05 MPaG䠄0.5 kg/cm G, 7.1psiG䠅

-1-
Name Multi-gas Incubator
Model MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV)
3 trays, 3 sets of tray support, 1 gas tube, 1 humidifying pan
Accessories 1 gas injection nozzle, 1 tube for gas injection nozzle,
1 pair of stacking plate A and B, 2 protective stickers, 6 tube bands
Weight 94 kg
UV Lamp Add-on kit
MCO-19UVS is standard equipment
䠄MCO-19UVS䠅
H2O2 generator䠄MCO-HP䠅
H2O2 Decontamination kit䠄MCO-HL䠅
H2O2 Decontamination Reagent 䠄MCO-H2O2䠅
Automatic CO2 density Calibration Add-on Kit䠄MCO-SG䠅
Gas pressure regulator 䠄MCO-100L䠅
Extra tray䠄MCO-47ST䠅including 2 tray supports,
Optional accessories Half tray䠄MCO-25ST䠅,
Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system䠄MCO-21GC䠅
Roller base䠄MCO-18RB䠅
UV lamp replacement kit (MCO-20UV)
Stacking spacer (MCO-18SB, when stacking on the MCO-175)
Stacking spacer (MCO-21SB, when stacking on the MCO-20AIC)
Ethernet (LAN) Interface (MTR-L03), RS232C/RS485 Interface (MTR-480)
SANYO Data acquisition software (MTR-5000)
4-20mA Interface (MCO-420MA, USA only)

-2-
ŶControl specifications
Model MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV)
Thermal sensor Thermistor
Temperature display LCD digital display
CO2 controller Microcomputer; Input by keypad
CO2 density setting range: 0䠂䡚20䠂䠄Resolution; 0.1䠂䠅
Non-volatile memory
CO2 density display LCD digital display (Resolution; 0.1䠂)
Water level detection Water level sensor 䠄Optic type䠅
H2O2 decontamination - Microwaved H2O2 decontamination
(Option) - Low density H2O2 solution (Oxidor) which can be purchased in the market
- Solution level detection by sensor
Electric lock (Option) Outer door is locked during H2O2 decontamination
UV system Option. UV lamp lighting time can be UV lamp lighting time can be extended
extended automatically automatically
Self-diagnosis - Error code and error information are displayed by text.
- Remote alarm contact activates (DC30V, 2A)㻌 with buzzer sounds.

ŶPerformance specifications
Model MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV)
o o
Temperature control range Ambient temp. +5䡚50 C䠄ambient temp; 5䡚35 C䠅
o o o
Temperature distribution ±0.25 C䠄ambient temp; 25 C䚸setting; 37 C, CO2 5%, O2 5%, no load䠅
o o o
Temperature variation ±0.1 C䠄ambient temp; 25 C䚸setting; 37 C, CO2 5%, O2 5%, no load䠅
CO2 control range 0䡚20 %
o o
CO2 variation ±0.15 %䠄ambient temp; 25 C, setting; 37 C, CO2 5%, O2 5%, no load䠅
O2 control range 1~18, 22~80 %
o o
O2 variation ±0.2 %䠄ambient temp; 25 C, setting; 37 C, CO2 5%, O2 5%, no load䠅
Chamber humidity 95±5%R.H.
Rated voltage, frequency 110~120V, 60Hz 220V, 60Hz 220~240V, 50Hz
Amperage Max. 3.1A Max. 1.5A Max. 1.5A
Heat emission Max. 1274 kJ/h Max. 1206 kJ/h
Power consumption Max. 354 W Max. 335W
Noise level 30 dB (A scale)
o
Temperature: 5~35 C, Humidity: Equal or less than 80%R.H.
Usable environment condition 䠄Designed performance may not be obtained when ambient temp. is equal
o
or lower than 15 C䠅

Note) Specifications will be subject to change without notice.

-3-
Dimensions

-4-
Power cord
Gas circuits

CO2 sensor

O2 sensor

O2/N2 valve A
CO2 valve

O2/N2 valve B

Filter

䚷CO2 inlet
䚷 port

N2/O2 inlet
port
Sample port
(Front)

-5-
㻌 Temperature calibration 㻌

Here is the explanation how to calibrate chamber temperature.

Ex) When setting temperature is 37.0䉝 and actual temperature is 36.5䉝

Process Operation MENU

0 Set thermal sensor at the center of the chamber and start the unit running.
Leave it until chamber temperature is stable.
1 Press MENU key in Top screen to call MENU screen. Select Tools. Tools
2 Select Tools (1/2) screen is displayed. Select Temp/CO2 Calibration.
3 Temp/CO2 Calibration is displayed and press MENU key to activate MENU key. Select OK
OK and press ENTER key.
4 Change the value in the column Temp Span to 36.5䉝 by pressing digit shift key and
numerical value shift key.
5 Press MENU key to call MENU screen. Select OK and press ENTER key. OK
6 Automatically reverts to Select Tools㻌 (1/2) screen.

*Note (1) It is important to have an accuracy in thermal sensor when measuring center temperature of
the chamber.
(2) Input range:1.0䉝 ~ 䇲1.0䉝. It is unacceptable to input over the range at once.

<Display of Process 1>

<Display of Process 3>

<Display of Process 4>

-6-
CO2 span calibration

(Ex䠅When setting CO2 density is 5.0% and actual CO2 density is 4.5%:

Process Operation MENU

1 Put densitometer thorough the sample port at the front side of the unit to measure
chamber CO2 density.
2 Select Tools in the Top Screen. Tools
3 Select Tools (1/2) is displayed. Select temp / CO2 Calibration and press OK key. OK
4 By pressing digit shift key and numerical value shift key, input actual CO2 density OK
䠄4.5%䠅 in the column CO2 Span. Select OK and press ENTER key.
5
Automatically reverts to Select Tools (1/2) screen.

*Note㻌 (1) Input range: +1.0% ~ -1.0% (per input).


(2) Repeat CO2 calibration for several times until displayed CO2 density will match with
actual density.
(3) It is permitted to commence CO2 span calibration only when setting CO2 density is 5.0䠂.

䠘Display of Process-2䠚

䠘Display of Process-3䠚

CO2 span calibration

-7-
O2 span calibration

(Ex䠅When setting O2 density is 5.0% and actual O2 density is 4.5%:

Process Operation MENU

1 Put densitometer thorough the sample port at the front side of the unit to measure
chamber O2 density.
2 Select Tools in the Top Screen. Tools
3 Select Tools (1/2) is displayed. Select temp / CO2 Calibration and press OK key. OK
4 By pressing digit shift key and numerical value shift key, input actual O2 density OK
䠄4.5%䠅 in the column O2 Span. Select OK and press ENTER key.
5
Automatically reverts to Select Tools (1/2) screen.

*Note (1)㻌 Input range: +1.0% ~ -1.0% (per input).


(2)㻌 Repeat O2 calibration for several times until displayed CO2 density will match with
actual density.
(3)㻌 It is unacceptable to commence O2 span calibration when setting O2 density deviates㻌
䡂rom 18.0 ~ 22.0䠂.
㻌 㻌 㻌 There is a blank in the rignt side of 䇾O2 Span䇿 column.

䠘Display of Process-2䠚

䠘Display of Process-3䠚

O2 span calibration

䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳䢱 䢴 䢫


䣒䣘 䣘䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䣅䣑 䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲
䣅䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘 䢹 䢲 䢲
䣑䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢷 䢲 䢲
䣑䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢺 䣯䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲

-8-
㻌 CO2 /O2 zero calibration 㻌

Prior to commence calibration
zMake sure chamber temperature should be stabilized, CO2 sensor BOX temperature should be
45䉝±2䉝, setting CO2 density should be 0.0% and setting O2 density should be 20.0%.

zMake sure there should not be left CO2 in the chamber.


* Note) When you re-commence CO2 calibration, outer door should be opened and make sure
there should not be left CO2 in the chamber.

Procedure
1. Call Select Tools (1/2) screen to display Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration.
2. Turn the VR3 around CN15 on the main PCB or measure the voltages both ends of R63 to make
CO2 sensor reference cell voltage䠄CO2 Zero䠅 to 4.00V±0.03V.
3. Turn the VR2 around CN3 on the main PCB or measure the voltages both ends of R40 to make
CO2 sensor gas cell voltage䠄CO2 Span䠅 to 4.00V±0.03V.
4. Input 0.0% by pressing digit shift key and numerical value shift key and “0.1”% besides right to
the “CO2 Zero” being turned to black. (See the picture below)
5. Press MENU to call MENU display. Select OK and press ENTER key.

䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳䢱 䢴 䢫


䣒 䣘 䣘䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䣅䣑 䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲
䣅䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘 䢹 䢲 䢲
䣑䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢴䢲 䢰 䢸䢧 䢴䢲 䢰 䢸䢧 䢷 䢲 䢲
䣑䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢴䢳 䢻 䣯䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲

䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢴䢱 䢴 䢫


䣘䣱 䣮 䣶

䣅䣑 䢴 䣔䣧 䣨 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘
䣅䣑 䢴 䣉䣣 䣵 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘

䣑䢴 䣉䣣 䣵 䢴䢳 䢻 䣯䣘

-9-
Components on PCB CN9
CN3 #1-#2 CO2 valve
#3-#7 CO2 sensor #3-#4 CO2 auto changer valve (option)

CN1
#1-#5 Power transformer
CN17
#1-#2 O2 A valve
CN2 #3-#4 O2 B valve
#1-#2 Switching power supply

CN14
#1 Local power supply (AC)
#2 Baliast (Option for MCO-19M)

R40
CN302
For CO2 span calibration
#1 Top heater,Back heater,
Side heater, Frange heater
#3 Bottom side heater
Bottom front heater
CN12
Bottom back heater
#3-#4
#5 Front panel heater
Hinge sub heater
ࠉ Bimetal thermo
Door heater

- 10 -
CN20
R63 #1-#2 H2O2 relay (Option)
For CO2 zero calibration #3-#4 Electric key (Option)
#5-#6 Standard gas valve(Option)

CN10
#1-#2 Remote alarm output

CN303
CN11 #1 CO2 Heater A/B
MTR-480C(Option) #3 Agitating fan motor
MTR-L03
MTR-420MA

CN4
#1-#2 Overheat protect sensor
#3-#4 Temp.sensor
#5-#6 CO2 BOX Temp.sensor CN13
Buzzer PCB
CN16 CN6 CN21
CN15 #1-#2 Door Switch Control PCB (KEY)
#1-#4 #1-#3
O2 sensor #3-#6 MCO-HP(Option) Display PCB (LCD)
Water sensor #7-#8 Standard gas SW (Option)
Connections on PCB
䕔Connections on Main PCB
Connector Connects to Usage
Power transformer
CN1 #1 - #2: AC8.5V Power supply to PCB
#3: GND
#4, #5: AC18V
Switching power supply
CN2 Power supply to PCB
#1 - #2: 䠄GND䠅, DC5V

CN3 CO2 sensor Control of CO2 density


#1 - #2: Overheat protect sensor
#3 - #4: Temp. sensor Detection of temperatures in the
CN4
#5 - #6: CO2 BOX Temp. sensor chamber

#1 - #2: Door switch Detection of door opening


CN6 #3 - #6:㻌 MCO-HP 䠄Option䠅
#7 - #8: Standard gas switch (Option)
#1 - #2: CO2 valve 䠄DC24V䠅
CN9 Control of CO2 valve
#3 - #4: CO2 auto changer valve (Option)
Remote alarm output
Output for remote alarm contact
#1: COM
CN10 Open between #1 and #2 in
#2: N.O.
normal condition.
#3: N.C.
CN11 MTR-480 (Option) Communication board

CN12 #3 - #4: Hinge sub heater Control of hinge sub heater

CN13 #1 - #2: Buzzer PCB

CN14 #2: UV lamp, ballast 䠄Option for MCO-19M䠅


Detection of water level in
CN15 #1 - #3: Water sensor
humidifying pan
CN16 O2 sensor Control of O2 density

#1 - #2: O2 A valve
CN17 Control of O2 valve
#3 - #4: O2 B valve
#1 - #2: H2O2 relay 䠄DC24V䠅䠄Option䠅
CN20 #3 - #4: Electric lock䠄DC24V䠅䠄Option䠅
#5 - #6: 㻌 Standard gas valve䠄DC24V䠅䠄Option䠅
Control PCB䠄KEY䠅
CN21
Display PCB䠄LCD䠅
#1: Top heater, Back heater, Side heater,
Flange heater
CN302 #3: Bottom side heater, Bottom front/back heater Control of heaters
#5: Front panel heater, Bimetal thermostat,
Door heater
#1: Temp. fuse 70䉝, CO2 heater A, Control of temperature in CO2
CN303 CO2 heater B sensor BOX
#3: Condensing fan motor Control of condensing fan motor

- 11 -
Electric parts
MCO-19M/19M(UV) AC115V, 60Hz AC230/240V, 50Hz MCO-19M/19M(UV) AC115V, 60Hz AC230/240V, 50Hz

Condensing fan motor Type FL2-011Y1MP FL2-011Y5MP Power supply Type HWS15-5 ZWS15-5/J
Rating 110-115V 220-240V DC5V Rating IN:85-265VAC 5V, 3A
Temp. fuse 70䉝 Type SF70U SF70U Power switch Type BAM210131 BAM210131
Rating 250V, 7A 250V, 7A Rating AC250V, 10A AC250V, 10A
Flange heater Rating AC115V, 31W AC230V, 31W Door switch ᆺᘧ SS160-A15 SS160-A15
Resistance 432.7ȍ 1685.4ȍ ᐃ᱁ 28V, 50MA 28V, 50MA
Door heater Rating AC115V, 85W AC230V, 85W Noise filter Type ZHG2210-11S ZHG2210-11S
Resistance 156.9ȍ 610.3ȍ Rating AC250V, 10A AC250V, 10A
Bottom front heater Rating AC115V, 11.5W AC230V, 10W CO2 valve Type FAB11-X2265 FAB11-X2265
Resistance 1149ȍ 5319ȍ Rating DC24V DC24V
Bottom front/back heater Rating AC115V, 10W AC230V, 10W O2 valve A/B Type FAB216212C FAB216212C
Resistance 1308ȍ 15558.8ȍ Rating
CO2 heater A Rating AC71V, 19.5W AC141V, 19.5W Power transformer Type ATR-R502V ATR-R502V
Resistance 254ȍ 1014ȍ 䠄MCO-HL, option) Rating 115V 230V
CO2 heater B Rating AC45V, 12.5W AC89V, 12.5W H2O2 relay Type G2R-1A-T G2R-1A-T
Resistance 160ȍ 639ȍ (MCO-HL, option) Rating 24V, 10A, 250V 24V, 10A, 250V
Front panel heater Rating AC115V, 37W AC230V, 37W Electric key Type LE-36 LE-36
Resistance 353.7ȍ 1460ȍ (MCO-HL, option) Rating DC24V DC24V
Bottom side heater R, L Rating AC115V, 14W AC230V, 14W Standard gas switch Type SPS-35 SPS-35
Resistance 945ȍ 5290ȍ (MCO-SG, option) Rating 5KPA 5KPA
Side heater R, L Rating AC115V, 30W AC230V, 30W Standard gas valve Type FAB11-X2265 FAB11-X2265
Resistance 441ȍ 1763ȍ (MCO-SG, option) Rating DC24V DC24V
Top heater Rating AC115V, 8.0W AC230V, 8W
Resistance 1647ȍ 6590ȍ
Back heater Rating AC115V, 12W AC230V, 12W
Resistance 1104ȍ 4415ȍ
Hinge sub heater R,L Rating AC36V, 0.3W AC36V, 0.3W
Resistance 4410ȍ 4410ȍ
Bimetal thermostat Type TH-2U TH-2U
Rating ON:60䉝 OFF:70䉝 ON:60䉝 OFF:70䉝
CO2 sensor Type IR sensor IR sensor
Rating TPS2534 TPS2534
O2 sensor Type FCX-MW FCX-MW
Water sensor Type OLS-10003S OLS-10003S
Rating 5V 5V
Overheat protect sensor Type 103AT-1 103AT-1
Rating 10Kȍ,25䉝 10Kȍ,25䉝
Temp. sensor Type 103AT-1 103AT-1
Rating 10Kȍ,25䉝 10Kȍ,25䉝
CO2 BOX temp. sensor Type 103AT-1 103AT-1
Rating 10Kȍ,25䉝 10Kȍ,25䉝
Ballast Type EKF-04115B1 EKF-04115B1
(Option for MCO-19M) Rating 115V, 4W 115V, 4W
UV lamp Type GL4 GL4
(Option for MCO-19M) Rating 4W 4W
Glow starter Type FG-7P FG-7P
(Option for MCO-19M)
Power transformer Type ATR-HN231UT ATR-HN235T
Rating 8.5V, +/-18V 8.5V, +/-18V

- 12 -
Wiring diagram

- 13 -
Circuit diagram
<Main PCB>

- 14 -
< LCD PCB >

- 15 -
Control specifications
1. Temperature control
(1) Setting range: 0.0Υ~50.0Υ(Default setting: 37.0Υ)
(2) Automatic set temperature alarm
High temperature alarm setting range: Set temperature +1.0~+5.0Υ(Default setting:+1.0Υ)
Low temperature alarm setting range: Set temperature -1.0~-5.0Υ(Default setting:-1.0Υ)
(3) Alarm delay time: 0~15 minutes (Default setting: 15 minutes)
(4) How to set temperature
In TopScreen, press MENU key and select Set to display Stand-by Setting screen.
Move a curser on “Temperature” and set a value by pressing numeric keys.
Press MENU key and select OK and press ENTER key to memorize the value.

2. CO2 control
(1) Setting range: 0.0%~20.0%(Default setting: 0.0%)
(2) Automatic set CO2 density alarm
High CO2 density alarm setting range: Set density +0.5%~+5.0% (Default setting: +1.0%)
Low CO2 density alarm setting range: Set density -0.5%~-5.0% (Default setting: -1.0%)
(3) Alarm delay time: 0~15 minutes (Default setting: 15 minutes)
(4) How to set CO2 density
In TopScreen, press MENU key and select Set to display Stand-by Setting screen.
Move a curser on “CO2 Density” and set a value by pressing numeric keys.
Press MENU key and select OK and press ENTER key to memorize the value.

3. N2/O2 control
(1) Setting range: 1.0%~80.0% (Default setting: 20.0%)
It is uncontrolled O2 density when O2 setting range is exceeding 18.0% and less than 22.0%.
(2) Automatic set O2 density alarm
High O2 density alarm setting range: Set density +0.5%~+5.0% (Default setting: +1.0%)
Low O2 density alarm setting range: Set density -0.5%~-5.0% (Default setting: -1.0%)
(3) Alarm delay time: 0~30 minutes (Default setting: 30 minutes)
(4) How to set O2 density
In TopScreen, press MENU key and select Set to display Stand-by Setting screen.
Move a curser on “O2 Density” and set a value by pressing numeric keys.
Press MENU key and select OK and press ENTER key to memorize the value.

4. Alarms, safety functions and self diagnosis functions


(1) Upper limit temperature alarm
Setting range: Approx.35Υ~51Υ
When a chamber temperature is over the setting upper limit temperature, OVERHEAT indicator
will illuminate, buzzer will sound continuously and remote alarm will be active.

- 16 -
(2) Automatic set temperature alarm
Setting range: Set temperature +/-1.0Υ~+/-5.0Υ (Default setting: +/-1.0Υ)
When a chamber temperature deviates from alarm setting range, the digits displaying current
chamber temperature will start blinking.
The following message will be displayed after an alarm delay time elapses.
“Warning:High Temp” --- For high temperature alarm
“Warning:Low Temp” --- For low temperature alarm
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(3) Automatic set CO2 density alarm


Setting range: Set CO2 density +/-0.5%~+/-5.0% (Default setting: +/-1.0%)
When a CO2 density deviates from alarm setting range, the digits displaying current CO2 density
will start blinking.
The following message will be displayed after an alarm delay time (0~15minutes) elapses.
“Warning:High CO2 Density” --- For high CO2 density alarm
“Warning:Low CO2 Density” --- For low CO2 density alarm
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(4) Automatic set O2 density alarm


Setting range: Set O2 density +/-0.5%~+/-5.0% (Default setting: +/-1.0%)
When a O2 density deviates from alarm setting range, the digits displaying current O2 density
will start blinking.
The following message will be displayed after an alarm delay time (0~30minutes) elapses.
“Waring:High O2 Density” --- For high O2 density alarm
“Warning:Low O2 Density” --- For low O2 density alarm
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(5) Auto Return


If there are no key operations for 90seconds in each setting screen, the setting mode will be
forcibly to the end and Top screen will be appeared.

(6) Key Lock


When Key Lock is active, the following message will be displayed on the stand-by setting screen.
“Key Lock” --- Key Lock is active
It is not permitted to change a stand-by setting value.

(7) Door alarm


Setting range of door alarm delay time: 1~30 minutes (Default setting: 2 minutes)
If an outer door is left opened, the following message will be displayed on the status screen.
“Door:Open” --- Outer door is left opened
Buzzer will sound intermittently after a door delay time elapses.

- 17 -
(8) Err01: CO2 gas cylinder becomes empty
If a chamber CO2 density is not increased in spite that a CO2 valve is left opened, the following
message will be displayed.
“Err01: CO2 Gas Empty”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
When an Automatic CO2 Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC) is installed optionally, CO2
supply line will be automatically switched to another line.
The indication of CO2 cylinder which becomes empty will start blinking.

(9) Err02: N2/O2 gas cylinder becomes empty


If a chamber O2 density is not increased in spite that a N2/O2 valve is left opened, the following
message will be displayed.
“Err02: N2/O2 Gas Empty”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
N2/O2 supply line will be automatically switched to another line.
The indication of N2/O2 cylinder which becomes empty will start blinking.

(10) Err03: It is wrong CO2 gas connection


If a chamber CO2 density is increased in spite that a CO2 valve is closed, the following message
will be displayed.
“Err03: CO2 Gas Connect Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(11) Err04: It is wrong N2/O2 gas connection


If a chamber O2 density is changed wrongly when a N2/O2 valve is opened, the following
message will be displayed.
“Err04: N2/O2 Gas Connect Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(12) Err05, Err06: Temp. sensor is abnormal


When a temp. sensor is disconnected or short circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err05: Temp Sensor Open” --- Temp. sensor is disconnected
“Err06: Temp Sensor Short” --- Temp. sensor is short circuited
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(13) Err07, Err08: CO2 Box temp. sensor is abnormal


When a CO2 Box temp. sensor is disconnected or short circuited, the following message will be
displayed.
“Err07: CO2S Box Temp Sensor Open”
“Err08: CO2S Box Temp Sensor Short”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(14) Err09, Err10: Ambient temp. sensor is abnormal


When an ambient temp. sensor on the Main PCB is disconnected or short circuited, the following
message will be displayed.
“Err09: AT Sensor Open”
“Err10: AT Sensor Short”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

- 18 -
(15) Err11, Err12: CO2 sensor is abnormal
When a CO2 sensor Vref voltage or CO2 sensor Vgas voltage is abnormal, the following
message will be displayed.
“Err11: CO2 Sensor Vref Abnormal”
“Err12: CO2 Sensor Vgas Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(16) Err13: Main heater is abnormal


When a main heater is disconnected or main heater SSR is short circuited, the following
message will be displayed.
“Err13: Main Heater Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(17) Err14: Bottom heater is abnormal


When a bottom heater is disconnected or bottom heater SSR is short circuited, the following
message will be displayed.
“Err14: Humidity Heater Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(18) Err15: Door heater is abnormal


When a door heater is disconnected or door heater SSR is short circuited, the following message
will be displayed.
“Err15: Door heater Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(19) Err16: CO2 sensor Box heater is abnormal


When a CO2 sensor Box heater is disconnected or CO2 sensor Box heater SSR is short
circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err16: CO2S Box Heater Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(20) Err:17: SSR for main heater, bottom heater, door heater or CO2 sensor box heater is
disconnected
When a SSR for main heater, bottom heater, door heater and CO2 sensor box heater is
disconnected, the following message will be displayed.
“Err17: Heater SSR Open”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(21) Err18: UV lamp failure


When a UV lamp burns out or UV lamp circuit is abnormal, the following message will be
displayed.
“Err18: UV Lamp Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
Note) UV lamp is optional components (MCO-19UVS) for MCO-19M.

(22) Notice of UV lamp life


When UV lamp accumulation time expires approx. 1000 hours, the following message will be
displayed.
“Warning: UV Life”

- 19 -
(23) Err19: O2 sensor is abnormal
When a measured voltage in O2 sensor is abnormal, the following message will be displayed.
“Err19: O2 sensor Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.

(24) Low humidifying water


When a water sensor detects there is no water in humidifying pan, the following message will be
displayed.
“RH PAN”

(25) Err31, Err32, Err33: H2O2 system check failure


a) When H2O2 Decontamination kit is not installed (H2O2 Decontamination kit is optional
components for MCO19M and MCO19M(UV)) before starting H2O2 decontamination,
“Err31:H2O2 Unit No Connect” will be displayed.

b) When H2O2 decontamination reagent is short or H2O2 water sensor is failure before starting
H2O2 decontamination, “Err32: H2O2 level is Low” will be displayed.

c) When an outer door is left opened before starting H2O2 decontamination, “Err33: Door is
Opening” will be displayed.

(26) Err34, Err35, Err36, Err37: Failure during H2O2 decontamination


a) When it is not detected completion of H2O2 generating if the setting time is extended, “Err34:
H2O2 Volume” will be displayed.

b) When a power is interrupted during H2O2 decontamination, “Err35: Power Failed” will be
displayed after the unit retrieves from power failure.

c) When UV lamp malfunctions during UV resolution, “Err36: UV Lamp Failure” will be


displayed.

d) When a power is interrupted during UV resolution, “Err37: Power Failed” will be displayed.

(27) Err41: System check error at starting standard gas calibration


When a device detects standard gas becomes empty at starting at standard gas calibration,
“Err41: Std Gas Empty” will be displayed.

(28) Err41: System check error during standard gas calibration


When a device detects standard gas becomes empty during standard gas calibration, “Err41: Std
Gas Empty” will be displayed.

- 20 -
5. Linkage between remote alarm and buzzer
Setting of linkage between remote alarm and buzzer
“0” --- Remote alarm is inactive by pressing BUZZER key.
“1” --- Remote alarm isn’t inactive by pressing BUZZER key.

Contact output
Between N.O. and COM. Between N.C. and COM.
At normal Open Close
At alarming or power failure Close Open

6. Error messages

Condition Display
High temperature alarm “Warning:High Temp”
Low temperature alarm “Warning:Low Temp”
High CO2 density alarm “Warning:High CO2 Density”
Low CO2 density alarm “Warning:Low CO2 Density”
High O2 density alarm “Warning:High O2 Density”
Notice of UV lamp life “Warning:UV Life”

CO2 gas becomes empty “Err01:CO2 Gas Empty”


N2/O2 gas becomes empty “Err02:N2/O2 Gas Empty”
Wrong connection of CO2 line “Err03:CO2 Gas Connect Abnormal”
Wrong connection of N2/O2 line “Err04:N2/O2 Gas Connect Abnormal”
Temp. sensor is disconnected “Err05:Temp Sensor Open”
Temp. sensor is short circuited “Err06:Temp Sensor Short”
CO2 sensor box temp sensor is disconnected “Err07:CO2S Box Temp Sensor Open”
CO2 sensor box temp. sensor is short circuited “Err08:CO2S Box Temp Sensor Short”
Ambient temp. sensor on PCB is disconnected “Err09:AT Sensor Open”
Ambient temp. sensor on PCB is short circuited “Err10:AT Sensor Short”
CO2 sensor Vref voltage is abnormal “Err11:CO2 Sensor Vref Abnormal”
CO2 sensor Vgas voltage is abnormal “Err12:CO2 Sensor Vgas Abnormal”
Main heater is disconnected, SSR is short circuited “Err13:Main Heater Abnormal”
Bottom heater is disconnected, SSR is short circuited “Err14:Humidity Heater Abnormal”
Door heater is disconnected, SSR is short circuited “Err15:Door Heater Abnormal”
CO2 sensor box heater is disconnected, SSR is short “Err16:CO2S Box Heater Abnormal”
circuited
SSR for each heater is disconnected “Err17:Heater SSR Open”
UV lamp malfunction “Err18:UV Lamp Abnormal”
O2 sensor malfunction “Err19:O2 Sensor Abnormal”

H2O2 decontamination kit is unconnected “Err31:H2O2 Unit No Connect”


H2O2 level is low, water sensor malfunction “Err32:H2O2 Level”
Door open at starting at H2O2 decontamination “Err33:Door is Opening”
H2O2 volume is abnormal “Err34:H2O2 Volume”
Power is interrupted during H2O2 decontamination “Err35:Power Failed”
UV lamp malfunctions during UV resolution “Err36:UV Lamp Failure”
Power is interrupted during UV resolution “Err37:Power Failed”

Standard gas becomes empty “Err41:Std Gas Empty”

- 21 -
7. Ring Back
If BUZZER key is pressed to stop buzzer sounding during an apparatus is in alarm conditions, the
buzzer will sound again after predetermined setting time elapses.
(1) Setting range of Ring Back time
1~99 minutes (Default setting: 30 minutes), 0 minute --- Not Ring Back
(2) Remote alarm and buzzer

Linkage between remote alarm and buzzer


Not linked (Default) Linked
Ring Back 1~99 minutes Buzzer sounds again and Buzzer sounds again and
setting time remote alarm remains remote alarm is active again
active
0 minute Buzzer does not sound Buzzer does not sound again
(Not Ring Back) again and remote alarm and remote alarm is not
remains active active again

8. Alarm delay time


Alarming condition is noticed by sounding buzzer and activating remote alarm after predetermined
delay time elapses.
Setting range:
(1) CO2 density alarm: 1~15 minutes (Default setting: 15 minutes), 0 minute --- Not delayed
(2) O2 density alarm :1~30 minutes (Default setting: 30 minutes)

Note:O2 density alarm will emit after twice of setting time elapses.

9. Function mode

Function # Functions
019 Initialization of CO2 zero/span calibration coefficient
For CO2 zero calibration = 500
For CO2 span calibration = 700
020 Initialization of O2 zero/span calibration coefficient
For O2 zero calibration = 500
For O2 span calibration (N2 mode) = 500
For O2 span calibration (O2 mode) = 500
101 Display of Key Lock password
925 Initialization of non-volatile memory

- 22 -
Operational specifications of LCD panel


1. Display descriptions

<Top Screen>
Turn the power switch on and Top Screen is displayed.

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄 䣑䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍

z Setting temperature: Digits in the right side of “Temp”


The digits are displayed in reverse video when heater is active.

z Setting CO2 density: Digits in the right side of “CO2”


The digits are displayed in reverse video when CO2 valve is active.

z Setting O2 density: Digits in the right side of “O2”


㻌 The digits are displayed in reverse video when O2/N2 valve is active.

z Current temperature: Large digits in the left side


z Current CO2 density: Large digits in the center
z Current O2 density: Large digits in the right side

z Status field: Status of UV lamp, humidifying water and door

z Message field: Message is displayed when an apparatus is in low humidifying water level, door open,
high/low temperature alarm, high/low CO2 density alarm and high/low O2 density alarm.
When an apparatus is in normal condition, “OK” is displayed.

z CO2 Auto changer display: “A” or “B” in the right side of setting CO2 density is displayed when an optional
Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system (MCO-21GC) is installed.
Either “A” or “B” displayed in reverse video means that alternative CO2 cylinder
between A and B is current using.
When a current used cylinder becomes empty, digits in reverse video starts blinking.
In Top Screen, press right shift key (䊻) for 3 seconds to switch valve control from A to B.
In Top Screen, press left shift key (䊹) for 3 seconds to swtich valve control from B to A.

z N2/O2 Auto changer display: Either “A” or “B” displayed in reverse video in the right side of setting O2 density
means the alternative O2 cylinder is current using.
When a current using cylinder becomes empty, digits in reverse video starts blinkking.
In Top Screen, press down key (䊼) for 3 seconds to switch valve control from A to B.
In Top Scrreen, press up key (䊺) for 3 seconds to switch valve control from B to A.

- 23 -



㻌 㻌 㻌 <Alarm display>

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄

䢵 䢺 䢰 䢷 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣙䣣 䣴 䣰 䣫 䣰 䣩 䢼 䣊 䣫 䣩 䣪 䣖 䣧䣯䣲
㻌 㻌

z High/low temperature alarm: When high/low temperature alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is not expired,
digits of current chamber temperature display starts blinking.

z High/low CO2 density alarm: When high/low CO2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is not expired,
digits of current CO2 density display starts blinking.

z Hihg/low O2 density alarm: When high/low O2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is not expired,
digits of current O2 density display starts blinking.

z When high temperature alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning : High Temp” is displayed in the message field

z When low temperature alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning : Low Temp” is displayed in the message field.

z When high CO2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning : High CO2 Density “ is displayed in the message field.

z When low CO2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning: Low CO2 Density” is displayed in the message field.

z When high O2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning: High O2 Density” is displayed in the message field.

z When low O2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning: Low O2 Density” is displayed in the message field.

- 24 -



<Status of door>
䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵 䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 凬䣑 䣲 䣧 䣰

When an outer door is open, “Door : Open” is displayed in reverse video in the right side of Status field.
When an outer door is closed, blank display.


㻌 㻌 㻌 <Status of RH Pan>㻌
䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵 䣔䣊 䣒䣃䣐



When humidifying water becomes empty, “RH PAN” is displayed in reverse video in the center of Status field.
When humidifying water is fully filled, blank display.

<Status of UV lamp>
䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵 䣗䣘

㻌 㻌

When UV lamp illuminates, “UV” is displayed in reverse video in the left side of Status field.
When UV lamp does not illuminate, blank display.

- 25 -




2. MENU key

Press MENU key to display MENU or to activate MENU operations.


䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


<Automatic elimination of MENU key>
When MENU key is displayed and there is no key operation for 1 minute, MENU key is automatically eliminated
from the display.

<Renewal of display>
When MENU key is not displayed, the display is renewal once for an hour.

- 26 -



㻌 3. MENU/Set - Various settings

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌

䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䢯䣤 䣻 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䣧 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣴 䣧 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢪 䢲 䢰 䢲䤑䣅 䢯 䢷 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢫
䣅䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢴 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣑䢴 䣆䣧䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢳 䢺 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢴 䢴 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢺 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣍 䣧䣻 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭 䢳 䢰 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䢫
㻌 䣊 䣫 䣩 䣪 䣎 䣫 䣯 䣫 䣶 䢷 䢴 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 㻌
<Setting of chamber temperature>
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select Set.
Press ENTER key to display current setting temperature in the right side of “Temperature “ column
in “Stand-by Setting” display.
Input required value and press MENU key and select OK in reverse video.
Press ENTER key to memorize the input value.
Setting range is 0 ~ 50.0䉝.

Note) Maximum 50.0䉝 for settable value. Error tone is not emit if you input a value over 50.0䉝.

<Setting of CO2 density>


In Top Screen, press MENU key and select Set.
Press ENTER key to display current setting CO2 density in the right side of “CO2 Density” column
In “Stand-by Setting” display.
Input required value and press MENU key and select OK in reverse video.
Press ENTER key to memorize the input value.
Setting range is 0 ~ 20.0%.

Note) Maximum 20.0% for settable value. Error tone is not emit if you input a value over 20.0%.

<Setting of O2 density>
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select Set.
Press ENTER key to display current setting O2 density in the right side of “O2 Density” column
In “Stand-by Setting” display.
Input required value and press MENU key and select OK in reverse video.
Press ENTER key to memorize the input value.
Setting range is 1~80.0%. (Controllable range: 1~18.0%, 22.0%~80.0%)

Note) O2 is set to 1.0% when you input a value lower than 1.0% and is set to 80.0% when you input a value
over 80.0%. Error tone is not emit.

Note) Press ENTER key with “Cancel” displayed in reverse video to cancel the setting change.

<Display of high limit setting temperature>


High limit setting temperature is displayed in the right side of “High Limit” column in “Stand-by Setting” display.
Setting range is 35䉝~51䉝.
When a chamber temperature is over high limit setting temperature, LED illuminates and audible alarm sounds
continuously. (The audible alarm will not stop sounding if BUZZER key is pressed)

- 27 -
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䢯䣤 䣻 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣍䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䣧 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣴 䣧 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢪 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅 䢯 䢷 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢫
䣅䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢴䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣑䢴 䣆䣧䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢳䢺 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢴 䢴 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢺䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣍 䣧䣻 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䢲 䣒䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹䣱 䣴 䣦
㻌 䣊 䣫 䣩 䣪 䣎 䣫 䣯 䣫 䣶 䢷 䢴 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 㻌
<Key Lock>
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select Set.
Press ENTER key to display current Key Lock status in the right side of “Key Lock “ column
in “Stand-by Setting” display.
Select “OK” and press ENTER key to memorize the setting.
“1” : Key Lock is active
“0” : Key Lock is inactive
When Key Lock is active, setting chamber temperature, setting CO2 density and setting O2 density are unchangeable.

Note) Key Lock status will not be changed if you select “Cancel” in MENU key.

<How to inactivate Key Lock>


Change a value from “1” to “0” in the right side of “Key Lock” column.
Press ENTER key to display “Password “ and input password and press ENTER key.
“Key Lock” will be disappeared from the upper right side in “Stand-by Setting” display after the buzzer sounds shortly.
Press MENU key and select “OK” and press ENTER key to memorize the setting.

Note) Key Lock status will not be changed if you select “Cancel” in MENU key.

When an input value corresponds to password, the buzzer sounds shortly and password input display and “Key Lock”
In “Stand-by Setting” display will be disappeared. Setting value is changeable.

When an input value does not correspond to password, the buzzer sounds for 1.5 seconds. Stand-by for password input.

䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥 䣍 䣇 䣛 䣡 䣒䣙 凬 䢲 䢲 䢲 䢲
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢳 䢲䢲
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅䣑 䢴 䢳 䢲䢲
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣑䢴 䢳 䢲䢲
䣗䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧 䢲 䢧
䣏䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣅䣱 䣦䣧 䢲
㻌 䣈䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢳 䢲䢳 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫 㻌

<When it fails to remember Key Lock password>

In Top Screen, press MENU key to select Tools and press ENTER key.
“Select Tools Svc” display is displayed and select “Analog Calibration etc” display.
Input “101” in the right side of “Function” column and press ENTER key.
Key Lock password is displayed in the upper right side of display.
(Factory default password: 0000)

- 28 -



䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䢷 䢲 䤑䣅 䢴 䢲䢳 䢲䢱 䢲 䢷䢱 䢳䢹 䣖 䣧䣯䣲

㻌 䢲 䢳䢴 䢴 䢶 㻌


䢴䢲 䢧 䢴 䢲䢳 䢲䢱 䢲 䢷䢱 䢳䢹 䣅䣑 䢴

㻌 䢲 䢳䢴 䢴 䢶 㻌


䢻䢲 䢧 䢴 䢲䢳 䢲䢱 䢲 䢷䢱 䢳䢹 䣑䢴

㻌 䢲 䢳䢴 䢴 䢶 㻌
<Display of Log>
z Data log for chamber temperature, CO2 density and O2 density are displayed by dot.
z 24 hours recording per page
z Display range: 5~50䉝 for chamber temperature, 0~22.5% for CO2 density, 0~90.0% for O2 density
z Gradations: 5 for chamber temperature, 2.5 for CO2 density, 10 for O2 density
z Every press up shift key (䊺) and down shift key (䊼), it appears temperature display or
CO2 density display or O2 density display in turn.
z Date and time will be oldered by pressing left shift key (䊹).
z Date and time will be updated by pressing right shift key (䊻).
z Recording time: 2~30 minutes (Factory default: 6 minutes) per day
z Recording period: 2 weeks
z Display resolution: 1䉝 per dot for temperature, 0.5% per dot for CO2, 2.0% per dot for O2, 10minutes per dot
z Older log data will be rewritten if log data is full recorded.
z When you select “Clear” in MENU key and press ENTER key to display confirmation display.
Select “OK” in MENU key and press ENTER key to eliminate all log data.

- 29 -



䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䢷 䢲 䤑䣅 䢴 䢲䢳 䢲䢱 䢷 䢱䢳 䢹
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣒䣅 䢳 䣆
䣒䣅 䣃 䣮 䣮
䣅 䣮 䣧䣣 䣴
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮


䢲 䢳䢴 䢴 䢶 㻌


䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
㻿 䣧㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼㻯 㻚
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣎 䣱䣩 䣆䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲䢳 䢲 䢱䢲 䢷䢱 䢳䢹

㻌 㻌


䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
㻿 䣧㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼㻯 㻚
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣎 䣱䣩 䣆䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲䢳 䢲 䢱䢲 䢷䢱 䢳䢹


䣕 䣧䣰 䣦 䣫 䣰 䣩 䢰 䢰 䢰 䢴䢷 䢸 㻌


䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
㻿 䣧㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼㻯 㻚
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣎 䣱䣩 䣆䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲䢳 䢲 䢱䢲 䢷䢱 䢳䢹


䣈 䣫 䣰 䣫 䣵 䣪䣧 䣦 䢰 䢰 䢴䢷 䢸 㻌

- 30 -




㻌 㻌 䠘Transferring 1day Log data to PC>

Note) It is necessary to set Hyper terminal in PC side.

In Top Screen is displayed and press MENU key and select “Log”.
Press ENTER key to display Log data.
Display required Log data by pressing left and right shift key (䊹㻌 䊻).
Display MENU key and select “PC 1D” and press ENTER key to display “Progress” in the upper left side.
Select “Start” in MENU key and press ENTER key to transfer 1day Log data to PC with displaying “Sending..”
and quantity of transferring data in the lower side.
“Finished..” will be displayed when transferring 1day Log data is complete.

Note) Select “Cancel” in MENU key and press ENTER key to return to Top Screen.

䢷 䢲 䤑䣅 䢴 䢲䢳 䢲䢱 䢷 䢱䢳 䢹
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣒䣅 䢳 䣆
䣒䣅 䣃 䣮 䣮
䣅 䣮 䣧䣣 䣴
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮


䢲 䢳䢴 䢴 䢶 㻌

<Transferring all Log data to PC>

Note) It is necessary to set Hyper terminal in PC side.

In Top Screen is displayed and press MENU key and select “Log”.
Press ENTER key to display Log data.
Display required Log data by pressing left and right shift key (䊹㻌 䊻).
Display MENU key and select “PC All” and press ENTER key to display “Progress” in the upper left side.
Select “Start” in MENU key and press ENTER key to transfer all Log data to PC with displaying “Sending..”
and quantity of transferring data in the lower side.
“Finished..” will be displayed when transferring 1day Log data is complete.

Note) Select “Cancel” in MENU key and press ENTER key to return to Top Screen.

<Setting in PC for transferring log data> (For Windows 2000 and Windows XP)

From Window Start Button, select Program – Accessories – Communications – HiperTerminal to start
the HyperTerminal. (If the HyperTerminal is not available from the Start Menu, execute the following file:
C:¥Program Files¥Windows NT¥hypertrm.exe.)

In the HyperTerminal Window, set a new connection, the name (for example, Sanyo), connection settings,
Method of connection, COM1, properties of COM1, and port.
Baud rate: 9,600, Data bits: 8, Parity:None, Stop bits:1, Flow control: Xon/Xoff
(The communications condition of the Incubator will be set automatically to the above settings when the
Progress Display appears.)

Note) Optional RS232C/RS485 Interface MTR-480 (RS-232C/RS-485) is required to transfer data.

- 31 -



4. Various calibrations

<Temperature calibration 䠄Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration䠅>

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
㻌 䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒䣘 䣘䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䣅䣑 䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲
䣅䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘 䢹 䢲 䢲
䣑䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌 䣑䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢺 䣯䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲 㻌

1. In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.


㻌 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” display.

2. Select ”Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration” and press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)”.
Input actual measured value in the right side of “Temp Span” column.

3. Press MENU key and select “OK”. Press ENTER key to start temperature calibration automatically.

4. Repeat the calibration until display temperature corresponds to the actual temperature.

Note䠅 Input range per calibration is within ±1.0䉝 against display value.
㻌 㻌
Ex.䠅 When set temperature is 37.0䉝 and actual temperature is 36.5䉝
Procedures MENU key
0 Place temperature sensor in the center of the chamber and leave the apparatus until it is
stabilized.
1 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools” and press ENTER key. Tools
2 Select ”Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration” in “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
3 Press MENU key and select ”OK” and press ENTER key. OK
4 Input “36.5” in the right side of “Temp Span” column in the “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)”
display.
5 Press MENU key and select “OK” and press ENTER key. OK
6 “Select Tools㻌 䠄1/2䠅” display is appeared.

- 32 -


<CO2 zero calibration / O2 zero carlibration 㸦CO2 Zero, O2 Zero >

䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䣅䣑 䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲
䣅䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘 䢹 䢲 䢲
䣑䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢴䢲 䢰 䢸䢧 䢴䢲 䢰 䢸䢧 䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌 䣑䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢴䢳 䢻 䣯䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲 㻌

1. Turn the power on and set chamber temperature and set CO2 sensor box temperature in 45䉝㻗㻛㻙㻞䉝 and set
CO2 density in 0.0% and set O2 density in 20.0%. Leave the apparatus until stabilized.

2. Display “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration” in “Select Tools (1/2)” display.


Access VR3 near CN15 to adjust CO2 sensor reference cell voltage (CO2 Zero) to within 4.00V+/- 0.03V.
Access VR2 hear CN3 to adjust CO2 sensor gas cell voltage (CO2 Span) to within 4.00V+/- 0.03V.

3. Input “0.0” besides “CO2 Zero” column and press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to perform CO2 and O2 zero calibration.
The voltages based on CO2 and O2 zer point are memorized.

Note) It is possible to input “0.0” besides “CO2 Zero” column only when CO2 setting is 0.0% and O2 setting is
18.0~22.0%.
It is impossible to input a value besides “O2 Zero” column.
CO2 and O2 zero calibration are done simultaneously. (It is impossible to calibrate CO2 or O2 individually)
When CO2 setting is 0.0%, there is a blank besides “CO2 Span” column.
When O2 setting is 18.0~22.0%, there is a blank besides “O2 Span” column.

<Voltage based on CO2/O2 zero point >



䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢴䢱 䢴 䢫
䣘䣱 䣮 䣶

䣅䣑 䢴 䣔䣧 䣨 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘
䣅䣑 䢴 䣉䣣 䣵 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘

㻌 䣑䢴 䣉䣣 䣵 䢴䢳 䢻 䣯䣘 㻌

In “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)” display, the display switches to alternately ”Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)” with
“Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (2/2)”, every press right shift key (䊻) or left shift key (䊹).
The voltage shown in the right side of “CO2 Ref” column is CO2 sensor reference cell voltage which is memorized in the
zero calibration.
The voltage shown in the right side of “CO2 Gas” column is CO2 sensor gas cell voltage which is memorized in the zero
calibration.
The voltage shown in the right side of “O2 Gas” column is O2 sensor voltage which is memorized in the zero calibration.

- 33 -



<CO2 span calibration>

䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒䣘 䣘䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䣅䣑 䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲
䣅䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘 䢹 䢲 䢲
䣑䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌 䣑䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢺 䣯䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲 㻌

1. In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
2. Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration”.
3. Press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)”.
4. Input a CO2 measured value in the right side of “CO2 Span”.
5. Press MENU key and select “OK”.
6. Press ENTER key to start CO2 calibration automatically.
㻌 㻌 㻌 Perform CO2 calibration until display CO2 density corresponds to actual CO2 density.

Note) It is impossible to perform CO2 span calibration when setting CO2 density is 0.0䠂
There is a blank in the right side of “CO2 Span” column.

Ex.䠅 When CO2 density setting is 5.0% and actual CO2 density is 4.5%;
Procedures MENU key
0 Measure CO2 density by sampling port in the front of inner door.
1 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
2 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration”.
3 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
4 Press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 (1/2)”. Input “4.5” in the right side of “CO2
Span” column.
5 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
6 Press ENTER key to return the display to “Select Tools (1/2)”.

- 34 -



<O2 span calibration>

䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒䣘 䣘䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䣅䣑 䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲
䣅䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘 䢹 䢲 䢲
䣑䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌 䣑䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢷 䢺 䣯䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲 㻌

㻌㻌
1. In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
2. Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration”.
3. Press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)”.
4. Input a O2 measured value in the right side of “O2 Span”.
5. Press MENU key and select “OK”.
6. Press ENTER key to start O2 calibration automatically.
㻌 㻌 㻌 Perform O2 calibration until display CO2 density corresponds to actual CO2 density.

Note) It is impossible to perform O2 span calibration when setting O2 density deviates from 18.0~22.0%.
There is a blank in the right side of “O2 Span” column.

Ex.䠅 When O2 density setting is 5.0% and actual O2 density is 4.5%;


Procedures MENU key
0 Measure O2 density by sampling port in the front of inner door.
1 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
2 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration”.
3 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
4 Press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 (1/2)”. Input “4.5” in the right side of “O2
Span” column.
5 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
6 Press ENTER key to return the display to “Select Tools (1/2)”.


- 35 -



5. Various alarms

<Setting of alarms>

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌

䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
㻌 䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌

䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣖 䣧䣯 䣲 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢪 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅 䢯 䤒䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢫
䣅䣑 䢴 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䤒䢲 䢰 䢷 䢧 䢯 䤒䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢫
䣑䢴 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䤒䢲 䢰 䢷 䢧 䢯 䤒䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣆 䣧 䣮 䣣 䣻 䢳 䢷䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢳 䢷䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䣔 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣄 䣣 䣥 䣭 䢵䢲䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢯 䢻䢻 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
㻌 䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䣆 䣧 䣮 䣣 䣻 䢴䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢯 䢵 䢲䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫 㻌

Setting range of high temperature alarm is +1.0~+5.0䉝 䠄Factory default: +1.0䉝䠅


Setting range of low temperature alarm is -1.0~-5.0䉝 䠄Factory default: -1.0䉝䠅

(Note) When you input a value lower than “1.0”, it is memorized as +/- 1.0䉝.
When you input a value over than “5.0”, it is memorized as +/- 5.0䉝

Setting range of high CO2 density alarm is +0.5~+5.0% 䠄Factory default: +1.0%䠅
Setting range of low CO2 density alarm is -0.5~-5.0% 䠄Factory default: -1.0%䠅

(Note) When you input a value lower than “0.5”, it is memorized as +/- 0.5%.
When you input a value over than “5.0”, it is memorized as +/- 5.0%.

Setting range of high O2 density alarm is +0.5~+5.0% 䠄Factory default: +1.0%䠅


Setting range of low O2 density alarm is -0.5~-5.0% 䠄Factory default: -1.0%䠅

(Note) When you input a value lower than “0.5”, it is memorized as +/- 0.5%.
When you input a value over than “5.0”, it is memorized as +/- 5.0%.

- 36 -




<Alarm delay time>

Setting range of both alarm delay time for high/low temperature alarms, and high/low CO2 density alarms is 0~15 minutes.
(Factory default: 15 minutes)
Setting range of high /low O2 density alarm is 0~30 minutes. (Factory default: 30 minutes)
O2 density alarm will emit after twice of setting time elapses.

Note) Even if you input a value more than 15 minutes, alarm delay time will be set in 15 minutes.

<Ring Back time>

Setting range is 1~99 minutes. (Factory default: 30 minutes)

<Door open alarm delay time>

When an outer door leaves open, an audible alarm sounds after predetermined time elapsed.
Setting range of door open alarm delay time is 1~30 minutes. (Factory default: 2 minutes)

Note) When you input “0” minute, door open alarm delay time will be set in 1 minute.
Even if you input a value more than 30 minutes, door open alarm delay time will be set in 30 minutes.

- 37 -


<LCD back color>

When you input “1” in the right side of “LCD Back Color” column, the display back color is set in blue (Factory default).
When you input “2” in the right side of “LCD Back Color” column, the display back color is set in white.

Note) When you input a value except for 1 or 2, the display back color is automatically set in blue.

<DAQ communication speed>


DAQ communication speed is settable only when an optional MTR-480 is installed.

When you input “0” in the right side of “DAQ Speed”, DAQ communication speed is set in 2400 bps.
When you input “1” in the right side of “DAQ Speed”, DAQ communication speed is set in 4800 bps.
When you input “2” in the right side of “DAQ Speed”, DAQ communicaiton speed is set in 9600 bps.

Note) When you input a value except for 0 or 1 or 2, DAQ communication speed is automatically set in 9600bps.

<DAQ communication ID>


DAQ communication ID number is settable only when an optional MTR-480 is installed.

Settable range is 0~250. (Factory default: 0)


When you input “0” in the right side of “DAQ ID”, DAQ is not communicable.

Note) When you input a value over than “250”, DAQ communication ID number is set in “250”.

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣎䣅䣆 䣄䣣 䣥 䣭 䣅䣱 䣮 䣱 䣴 䢳 䢪 䢳 䢰 䣄 䣮 䣷 䣧 䢴 䢰 䣙䣪 䣫 䣶 䣧 䢫
䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣲 䣧 䣧 䣦 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䢴 䢶 䢲 䢲 䢴 䢰 䢻 䢸䢲 䢲 䢫
䣆䣃䣓 䣋 䣆 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳䢯 䢴 䢷䢲 䢫
䣆䣃䣓 䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣣 䣮 䢳 䢰 䣔䣧 䣯䣱 䣶 䣧 䢫
䣔 䣧䣯䣱 䣶 䣧 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䢳 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣃䣥 䣶 䣫 䣸 䣧 䢫
㻌 㻌

㻌㻌

- 38 -



<DAQ communication mode>㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 DAQ communication mode is settable only when an optional MTR-480 is installed.
㻌㻌㻌
When you input “0” in the right side of “DAQ Mode”, DAQ communication mode is set in “Local” which does not enable
apparatus to control in remote. (Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “DAQ Mode”, DAQ communication mode is set in “Remote” Which enables
apparatus to control in remote.

Note) When you input a value which is over than “2”, DAQ communication mode is automatically sent in “0” (Local).

<Remote alarm contact>

When you input “0” in the right side of “Remote Alarm”, activity in remote alarm contact will correspond to buzzer during
alarm condition.
When you input “1” in the right side of “Remote Alarm”, activity in remote alarm contact will not correspond to buzzer
during alarm condition. (Factory default)

Note) When you input a value which is over than “2”, activity in remote alarm contact will not correspond to buzzer during
alarm condition.

- 39 -



6. Setting of UV lamp

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗䣘 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 䣴 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䣗䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢳䢲 䢲 䢧䢿 䢳䢲 䢲 䢲䣪 䢫
䣗䣘 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 䣴 䣇 䣺 䣶 䢰 䢭 䢲 䢧

䣗䣘 䢴䢶 䣪 䣏䣱䣦 䣧 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
㻌 㻌

㻌 㻌 <UV lamp illumination time>㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 UV lamp illumination time is settable in the apparatus which is installed UV lamp (optionally).
Settable range of UV lamp illumination time is 0~30 minutes. (Factory default: 0 minute)

Note) When you input a value over than “30”, UV lamp illumination time is automatically set in 30 minutes.

If an apparatus is not set in UV lamp optional setting (“1” is not selected in “UV Function” column in the “System
Configuration” display), “UV Setting” is not appeared and it automatically returns to Top Screen.

If an appratus is not installed UV lamp, UV lamp is not illuminated even “UV” is displayed in reverse video in the
“Status” column.

<UV lamp action>


UV lamp will illuminate for the predetermined time after an outer door is open and closed.
UV lamp will turn off when an outer door is open during it is illuminating.

Note) UV lamp will illuminate with several seconds of delay after an outer door is closed, because water level sensor
will be active to prevent it from judging water level incorrectly.

- 40 -

Ex䠅UV lamp illumination time is set in 5 minutes;


Procedures MENU key
0 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
1 Press ENTER key and select “UV Setting” column in “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
2 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
3 Press ENTER key and input “5” in the right side of “UV Timer” in “UV Setting” display.
4 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
5 Press ENTER key and “Select Tools (1/2)” display is appeared.

<UV lamp accumulation time>


㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 Display range of UV lamp accumulation time is 0~260%.

Note) UV lamp accumulation time is displayed by percentage. 1000Hours = 100%

<UV lamp 24hours illumination mode>


Chamber wall will be sterilized by UV lamp in this mode.

When you input “0” in the right side of “UV 24h Mode” column in “UV Setting” display, UV lamp 24hours illumination
mode is inactive.

When you input “1” in the right side of “UV 24h Mode” column in “UV Setting” display, UV lamp 24hours illumination
mode is active.

Note) If you open an door during UV lamp 24hours illumination mode, UV lamp 24hours illumination mode will be
forcibly inactive on the way.

The detection for UV lamp malfunction will not be done during UV lamp 24hours illumination mode.

㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 Ex) When you set UV lamp 24hours illumination mode;


Procedures MENU key
0 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
1 Press ENTER key and select “UV Setting” column in “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
2 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
3 Press ENTER key and input “1” in the right side of “UV 24h Mode” in “UV Setting”
display.
4 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
5 Press ENTER key and “Select Tools (1/2)” display is appeared.
(UV lamp relay will be active and UV lamp will illuminate)

- 41 -



6. Setting of Key Lock


䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣍 䣧䣻 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣅䣷 䣴 䣴 䣧 䣰 䣶 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒䣣 䣵 䣵䣹䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬䢬

㻌 㻌


䣍 䣧䣻 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣐䣧䣹 䣗䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒䣣 䣵 䣵䣹䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬䢬

㻌 㻌


䣍 䣧䣻 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣐䣧䣹 䣗䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒䣣 䣵 䣵䣹䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬䢬

䣔䣧 䣇䣰 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣗䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒䣣 䣵 䣵䣹䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬䢬

㻌 㻌

- 42 -



<Key Lock password>

Key Lock password will be changed by following procedures.


Input a current using password and input a new password for twice.
The password for factory default setting is “0000”.

Note) When you input a wrong password, audible alarm will sound for 1.5 seconds and “Wrong Password” will
be displayed under “Current User Password” column.

It is impossible to change Key Lock password during Key Lock is active.


“Key Lock” will be appeared in the upper right side of the display.

- 43 -



7. Setting of Date and time

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䢳䢲 䢱 䢲䢷 䢱䢳 䢹 䢪 䣛 䣛 䢱 䣏䣏 䢱 䣆 䣆 䢫
䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 䢳䢺 䢼 䢶䢷 䢼 䢵 䢺 䢪 䣪 䣪 䢼 䣯䣯 䢼 䣵 䣵 䢫

䣎 䣱䣩 䣋 䣰 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣸 䣣 䣮 䢸䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢴 䢯 䢵 䢲䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
㻌 㻌

<Setting of date and time>

Ex䠅 How to set 6:45:38 p.m. on May 17th 2010


Procedures MENU key
0 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
1 Press ENTER key and select “Date Time” in the “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
2 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
3 Press ENTER key and input “100517” in the right side of “Date” column in the “Date
Time” display.
4 Press ENTER key and input “184538” in the right side of “Time” column.
5 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
6 Press ENTER key and “Select Tools (1/2)” display is appeared.

<Setting of Log intervals>


㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 The intervals for acquiring log data.
Input a value in the right side of “Log Interval” column in the “Date Time” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK” and press ENTER key.

㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 Input range is 2~30 minutes (Factory default: 6 minutes)

Note) When you input a value lower than “2”, Log interval is automatically set in 2 minutes.
When you input a value higher than “30”, Log intervals is automatically set in 30 minutes.


- 44 -



8. CO2 / O2 standard gas calibration


䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢴 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣕 䣴 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣑䣍
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣵 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱䣰
䣕䣸 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮

㻌 㻌


䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢧䢯 䢴䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䣐䣱 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢼 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫

䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣑䢴 䣆䣧䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢲 䢰 䢷 䢧䢯 䢳䢺 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢴 䢴 䢰 䢲 䢧䢯 䢺䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
㻌 䢪 䣐䣱 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢼 䢳 䢺 䢰 䢳 䢧䢯 䢴䢳 䢰 䢻 䢧 䢫 㻌

- 45 -




<Setting of CO2 density for standard gas calibration>
Setting of CO2 density for standard gas calibration (optional setting)

Setting range is 0.0%, 4.0~21.0%. (Factory default: 5.0%)


When you set “0.0”, CO2 using by standard gas will not be calibrated.

Note) When you input a value lower than “4.0”, CO2 density for standard gas calibration is automatically set in 4.0%.
When you input a value higher than “21.0”, CO2 density for standard gas calibration is automatically set in 21.0%.

<Setting of O2 density for standard gas calibration>


Setting of O2 density for standard gas calibration (optional setting)

Setting range is 0.5~81.0%. (Factory default: 5.0%)


When you set a value between 18.0~22.0%, O2 using by standard gas will not be calibrated.

Note) When you input a value lower than “0.5”, O2 density for standard gas calibration is automatically set in 0.5%.
When you input a value higher than “81.0”, O2 density for standard gas calibration is automatically set in 81.0%.

Ex) When both CO2 and O2 are set in 5% in standard gas calibration;
Procedures MENU key
0 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
1 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)”.
Press down shift key (䊼) to display “Select Tools (2/2)”.
2 Select “Standard Gas Setting” in “Select Tools (2/2)” display.
3 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
4 Press ENTER key and input “5.0” in the right side of “Std Gas Co2 Density” column in
“Standard Gas Setting” display.
5 Press ENTER key and input “5.0” in the right side of “Std Gas O2 Density” column in
“Standard Gas Setting” display.
6 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
7 Press ENTER key to return to “Select Tools (1/2)” display.

- 46 -



<Setting of O2 density for standard gas calibration>

䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱䣰 ձ䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢷

ղ䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣇 䣴 䣴 䣱 䣴 䢰

ճ䣇 䣴 䣴 䢶 䢳 䢼 䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣇䣯䣲 䣶 䣻 յ䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣑䢴 䢼 շ䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
մ䣒 䣗 䣕 䣊 䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗 䣑䣍 䣕䣖䣉 䢼 ն䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣕䣖䣉 䢼 ո䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
㻌 㻌

䐟 Step for standard gas calibration mode


Current step in standard gas calibration is displayed.

䐠 Status of unit
Status of unit in standard gas calibration is displayed.

䐡 Error message
Error message is displayed.

䐢 Message for operator


When standard gas calibration mode is complete, the message is shown for an operator.

䐣 Density in CO2 sensor during standard gas calibration


CO2 density sensed by CO2 sensor during standard gas calibration is displayed.

䐤 Setting density of CO2 standard gas


CO2 density in standard gas cylinder is displayed.

䐥 Density in O2 sensor during standard gas calibration


O2 density sensed by O2 sensor during standard gas calibration is displayed.

䐦 Setting density of O2 standard gas


O2 density in standard gas cylinder is displayed.

- 47 -



<Standard gas calibration>

䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢴 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣕 䣴 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣑䣍
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣵 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱䣰
䣕䣸 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮

㻌 㻌


䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢳

䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧䣯 䣅䣪䣧 䣥 䣭 兟 兟兟 兟兟

䣅䣑 䢴 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣑䢴 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
㻌 㻌

- 48 -




䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱䣰
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣑䣍
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶 䣁
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣅䣑 䢴 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣑䢴 䢼 㻡 㻚 㻜㻑
䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢵

䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩 兟 兟 兟兟 兟

䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣑䢴 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢶

䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩 兟 兟 兟兟 兟

䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣑䢴 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
㻌 㻌


䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌

- 49 -




䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣑䣍
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣇 䣴 䣴 䣱 䣴 䢰

䣇 䣴 䣴 䢶 䢳 䢼 䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣇䣯䣲 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣑䢴 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
䣒䣗䣕䣊 䣏䣇䣐䣗 䣑䣍 䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧 䢮 䣕䣖䣉 䢼 䢷 䢰 䢲䢧
㻌 㻌

Ensure to install an optional Automatic CO2 density Calibration Add-on Kit䠄MCO-SG䠅 when standard gas
calibration is done automatically.㻌

Note) “Standard Gas Calibration” display will not be appeared and a device will automatically return to Top Screen
when you select “1” in “Std Gas Cal Function” column in the “System Configuration” display.


Operational sequence for standard gas calibration
Step 0 1 2 3 4 5

CO2/O2
Pressure check Stand-by for calibration Standard gas
Normal Injecting
Status in standard gas Start key (Pressure check calibration is
operation standard gas
cylinder pressed for standard gas complete
cylinder)

Standard
gas control OFF ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ON ĺĺĺ OFF
valve

“Std Gas Calib


“Std Gas “Std Gas “Std Gas “Std Gas Calib
Display System
Calib Start?” Calibrating…” Calibrating…” Finished.”
Check…”

“Err41: Std Gas “Err41: Std Gas


Empty” is Empty” is
Note appeared when appeared when a
a cylinder cylinder becomes
becomes empty empty

Error message
Error ʋ Status Display Action

When standard gas cylinder becomes empty ”Std Gas Calib Error”
(When a gas pressure is lower than standard)
Automatic calibration
Err41 ”Err41:StdGas Empty” is
is inactive
Gas pressure in the cylinder is checked by appeared on the message
pressure switch. bar.

- 50 -



Ex.䠅 When both CO2 and O2 densities for standard gas calibration are set in 5.0%;
Procedures MENU key
0 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
1 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” display and press down shift key (䊼)
To display “Select Tools (2/2)” display.
2 Select “Standard Gas Calibration” column.
3 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
4 Press ENTER key to check standard gas pressure in the cylinder automatically.
5 Select “OK” and press ENTER key to perform standard gas calibration. OK
Select “Cancel” and press ENTER key to cancel standard gas calibration and a device Cancel
automatically returns to “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
When a cylinder becomes empty, select “OK” and press ENTER key to check cylinder OK
and return to Top Screen.
6 Automatic standard gas calibration is started by pulling gas to both CO2 sensor and O2
sensor.
7 When standard gas calibration is complete, buzzer beeps with long tone.
A device automatically returns to Top Screen.
When a cylinder becomes empty, buzzer beeps intermittently and “Err41: Std Gas OK
Empty” is appeared.
CO2/O2 standard gas calibration is not performed.
Select “OK” and press ENTER key to check cylinder and return to Top Screen.

㻌 㻌 Note) When a setting value for standard CO2 density is 0.0%, automatic CO2 standard gas calibration will not be
performed.

Note) When a setting value for standard O2 density deviates from 18.0~22.0%, automatic O2 standard gas calibration will
not be performed.

- 51 -



9. Service code


䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣒䣣 䣵 䣵䣹䣱 䣴 䣦
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣑䣍
䣈䣱 䣴 䣕 䣧 䣴 䣸 䣫 䣥 䣧 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣒䣣 䣵 䣵䣹䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬

䣏䣣 䣫 䣰 䣄䣱 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳䢲䣃

䣎䣅䣆 䣄䣱 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳䢲䣃 㻌

1. In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.


2. Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Svc”.
3. Press ENTER key to display “Password” display. Input “384” in the right side of “Password” column.
4. Press ENTER key to check data for service.

Note) If you input wrong service code, buzzer beeps and “Wrong Password” is appeared under “Password”
column.
Service code is unchangeable.
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌

- 52 -



10. Setting of various optional components

䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕䣸 䣥 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲䣃
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
㻌 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣 㻌


䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧䣯 䣅䣱䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣗䣘 䣈 䣷 䣰䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢳 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
䣆䣧䣥 䣱 䣰 䣈 䣷 䣰䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣈䣷䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
䣅䣑 䢴 䣉䣣 䣵 䣃䣷 䣶 䣱 䣅䣪 䣣 䣰 䣩 䣧 䣴 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
䣆 䣧䣯䣱 䣏䣱 䣦 䣧 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
㻌 䣒䣅䣄 䣆 䣴 䣫 䣸 䣧 䣴 䣖䣧 䣵 䣶 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫 㻌

<Prior to setting each optional components>
In “Select Tools Svc” display, select “System Configuration” and press MENU key.
Select “OK” and press ENTER key to display “System Configuration”.

<Setting of UV lamp function>


Input a value in the right side of “UV Function” in “System Configuration” display.

When you input “0” in the right side of “UV Function”, optional UV lamp function is inactive. (Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “UV Function”, optional UV lamp function is active.

Note) When you select “0” (UV lamp function is inactive), “UV Setting” display in the “Select Tools (1/2)” is not appeared and
a device automatically returns to Top Screen.

Note) When you input a value except for “0” and “1”, optional UV lamp function is automatically selected to “inactive”.

<Setting of H2O2 decontamination>


Input a value in the right side of “Decon Function” in “System Configuration” display.

When you input “0” in the right side of “Decon Function”, optional H2O2 decontamination function is inactive.
(Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “Decon Function”, optional H2O2 decontamination function is active.

Note) When both optional UV lamp function and optional H2O2 decontamination function are unset, a device cannot step
to H2O2 decontamination mode.

Note) When you input a value except for “0” and “1”, optional H2O2 decontamination function is automatically selected
to “inactive”.

- 53 -



<Setting of standard gas automatic calibration>
Input a value in the right side of “Std Gas Cal Function” in the “System Configuration” display.

When you input “0” in the right side of “Std Gas Cal Function”, optional standard gas automatic calibration is inactive.
(Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “Std Gas Cal Function”, optional standard gas automatic calibration is active.

Note) When you select “0” (optional standard gas automatic calibration is inactive), “Standard Gas Calibration “ is not
appeared in “Select Tools (2/2)” display and a device automatically returns to Top Screen.
Note) When you input a value except for “0” and “1”, optional standard gas automatic function is automatically inactive.

<Setting of CO2 auto-changer mode>


In this mode, 2 cylinders can be connected to 1 unit.
When one cylinder becomes empty, another one is ready for use.

Input a value in the right side of “CO2 Gas Auto Changer” in the “System Configuration” display.

When you input “0” in the right side of “CO2 Gas Auto Changer”, optional CO2 auto changer mode is inactive.
(Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “CO2 Gas Auto Changer”, optional CO2 autochanger mode is active.

Note) When you select “1” (optional CO2 autochanger mode is active), “A” or “B” displayed in reverse video means that
current using cylinder.
Note) When you select “1” (optional CO2 autochanger mode is active), “A” or “B” displayed blinking means that current
using cylinder becomes empty.

(Current using cylinder is “B” when CO2 autochanger mode is active)


䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄 䣑䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


<Setting of Demo mode>
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 This function is used in demonstration which an apparatus pretends to operate.
Input a value in the right side of “Demo Mode” column in the “System Configuration” display.

When you input “0” in the right side of “Demo Mode” column, demonstration mode is inactive. (Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “Demo Mode” column, demonstration mode is active.

Note) When demonstration mode is active, each setting values for temperature, CO2 and O2 are displayed
in Top Screen.
Note) When you input a value except for “0” or “1”, demonstration mode is inactive.

<PCB driver test mode>


㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 This function is used when testing PCB driver.
Input a value in the right side of “PCB Driver Test” column in the “System Configuration display”.

When you input “0” in the right side of “PCB Driver Test” column, PCB driver test mode is inactive.
When you input “1” in the right side of “PCB Driver Test” column, PCB driver test mode is active.

Note) When PCB driver test mode is active, each drivers on PCB will be turned on and off with 3 seconds interval.
Note) When you input a value except for “0” or “1”, PCB driver test mode is inactive.



- 54 -



11. UV lamp accumulation time

䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢳 䢳䢲
䣑䣍
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅䣑 䢴 䢳 䢳䢲
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣑䢴 䢻䢲
䣗䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧 䢷䢵 䢧
䣏䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣅䣱 䣦䣧 䢲

䣈䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢲 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫 㻌

<Display of UV lamp accumulation time>


UV lamp accumulation time is displayed in the right side of “UV Life” in “Analog Calibration etc” display.
When UV lamp accumulation time reaches 1000hours, it is displayed as 100%.

When a displayed value is “53”%, UV lamp accumulation time is calculated as;


1000hours x 0.53 = 530hours

Note) When UV lamp accumulation time is over 1000hours and UV lamp does not illuminate,
“UV” blinks in the Top Screen.


䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢳 䢲䢲
䣑䣍
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅䣑 䢴 䢳 䢲䢲
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣑䢴 䢳 䢲䢲
䣗䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧 䢲 䢧
䣏䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣅䣱 䣦䣧 䢲
㻌 䣈䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢲 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫 㻌

<Reset of UV lamp accumulation time>㻌
When UV lamp is replaced after UV accumulation time reaches 1000hours, it is necessary to reset
UV lamp accumulation time in non-volatile memory.

Reset of UV lamp accumulation time
Procedures MENU key
0 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
1 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and press MENU key to select “Svc”. Svc
2 Press ENTER key to display “Password” and input service code “384”. OK
3 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools Svc” and select “Analog Calibration etc”.
4 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
5 Press ENTER key to display “Analog Clibration etc” and input “0” in the right side of “UV
Life” column.
6 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
7 Press ENTER key to return to “Select Tools Svc” display.

- 55 -



12. Adjustment of heater balance

䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕䣸 䣥 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵

䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣 㻌


䣊䣧䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣊䣗䣏 䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䢸
 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢶䢲 䢫
䣑䣍
䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䣊䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䢸 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢻 䢫
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮

㻌 㻌

<Adjustment of balance in bottom heater>㻌
Bottom heater output value can be changed for the prevention of chamber condensation
or when increasing chamber humidity.
Setting range is “0~40”. (Factory default: “10”)

Note) When you input a value over “40”, bottom heater output value is automatically set in “40”.



<Adjustment of balance in door heater>
Door heater output value can be changed for the prevention of condensation on outer door.
Setting range is “0~9”. (Factory default: “6”)

Note) When you input a value over “9”, door heater output value is automatically set in “9”.

- 56 -



13. Setting of H2O2 decontamination time

䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕䣸 䣥 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵

䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣 㻌


䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣧 䣯䣲 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢪 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲䤑䣅 䢯 䢶 䢺 䢰 䢲䤑䣅 䢫
䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 䢳 䢹 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢯 䢵 䢲䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䣍 䣧 䣧 䣲 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 䢳 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢳 䢴 䢲䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 䢴 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢵 䢲䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䣗䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䢴 䢻䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢵䢲 䢯 䢵 䢸 䢲䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
㻌 㻌

㻌 <Setting of H2O2 decontamination temperature>
㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
An apparatus stands by for H2O2 decontamination until it reaches decontamination set temperature +/- 1.0䉝.
Setting range is 37.0~48.0䉝. (Factory default; 45.0䉝)
㻌㻌㻌㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 Note) When you input a value lower than 37.0䉝, H2O2 decontamination temperature is automatically set in 37.0䉝.
When you input a value higher than 48.0䉝, H2O2 decontamination temperature is automatically set in 48.0䉝.

<Setting of primary H2O2 misting time>


When an apparatus steps to primary H2O2 misting process, ultrasonic oscillator will be active.
Setting range is 1~30 minutes. (Factory default: 7 minutes)

Note) When you input a value lower than “1”, primary H2O2 misting time is automatically set in 1 minute.
When you input a value higher than “30”, primary H2O2 misting time is automatically set in 30 minutes.

Note) When water sensor signal turns off (H2O2 solution s lower than standard) during primary H2O2
misting process, an apparatus steps to secondary resolution process without commenceing
primary H2O2 preservation process and secondary H2O2 misting process.

㻌 㻌 <Setting of primary H2O2 preserved time>

Setting range is 0~120 minutes. (Factory default: 0 minute)

Note) When you input a value higher than 䇾120䇿, primary H2O2 preserved time is automatically set in 120 minutes.

<Setting of secondary H2O2 misting time>


When water sensor signal turns off (H2O2 solution is lower than standard) or it elapses 15 minutes since secondary
H2O2 misting time expires during secondary H2O2 misting process, an apparatus steps to secondary H2O2
resolution process.

Setting range is 0~30 minutes. (Factory default: 0 minutes)

Note) When you input a value higher than 䇾30䇿, secondary H2O2 misting time is automatically set in 30 minutes.

<Setting of secondary H2O2 resolution time>


Setting range is 30~360 minutes. (Factory default: 90 minutes)

Note) When you input a value lower than 30 minutes, secondary H2O2 resolution time is automatically set in 30minutes.
When you input a value higher than 360minutes, secondary H2O2 resolution time is automatically set in 360minutes.

- 57 -



14. Hardware status


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕䣸 䣥 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵

䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣 㻌


䣊䣣 䣴 䣦䣹䣣 䣴 䣧 䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷䣵
䣕 䣘 䣒䣘 䣒䣙䣏 䣃 䣖
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢵䢹 䢰 䢲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢲 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣎 䣋 䣏 䣋 䣖
䣑䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢲 䢷 䢴 䢰 䢹
䣅䣑 䢴 䣕䣄䣑 䣚 䢶䢷 䢰 䢲 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢲
㻌 㻌

Set temperature㻦 A value displayed in the “SV” row in the right side of “Temp” column
Current chamber temperature: A value displayed in the “PV” row in the right side of “Temp” column
PWM output for heater: A value displayed in the “PWM” row in the right side of “Temp” column

Set CO2 density: A value displayed in the “SV” row in the right side of “CO2” column
Current CO2 density: A value displayed in the “PV” row in the right side of “CO2” column
PWM output for CO2 valve: A value displayed in the “PWM” row in the right side of “CO2” column

Set O2 density: A value displayed in the “SV” row in the right side of “O2” column
Current O2 density: A value displayed in the “PV” row in the right side of “O2” column
PWM output for N2/O2 value: A value displayed in the “PWM” row in the right side of “O2” column

Set temperature in CO2 sensor box: A value displayed in the “SV” row in the right side of “CO2 SBOX” column
Current temperature in CO2 sensor box: A value displayed in the “PV” row in the right side of “CO2 SBOX” column
PWM output for sensor box heater: A value displayed in the “PWM” row in the right side of “CO2 SBOX” column

Current temperature in AT sensor * : A value displayed under the “AT” row


Set temperature in overheat protection sensor: A value displayed under the “LIMIT” row

Note) AT sensor is located on the PCB inside the rear cover, so temperature sensed by AT sensor will be higher than an
actual ambient temperature.

Note) In “Hardware Status” display, Auto Return furnction is inactive.


(A device does not return to Top Screen automatically)

- 58 -



15. Initialization of non-volatile memory

Procedures MENU key
0 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
1 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and press MENU key to select “Svc”. Svc
2 Press ENTER key to display “Password” and input service code “384”. OK
3 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools Svc” and select “Analog Calibration etc”.
4 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
5 Press ENTER key to display “Analog Calibration etc” and input “925” in the right side of
“Function” column.
6 Press MENU key and select “OK”. OK
7 Press ENTER key to return to “Select Tools Svc” display. Select “Initialize data”.
8 Press MENU key and select “OK”. Press ENTER key to display “Confirmation”. OK
9 Press MENU key and select “OK” to commence initialization. OK
Press MENU key and select “Cancel” to cancel initialization. Cancel
10 After commencing initialization, a device automatically returns to Top Screen.
After cancelling initialization, a device returns to “Select Tools Svc”.

䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕䣸 䣥 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲䣃
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵

䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣 㻌

䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢳 䢲䢲
䣑䣍
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅䣑 䢴 䢳 䢲䢲
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣑䢴 䢳 䢲䢲
䣗䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧 䢲 䢧
䣏䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣅䣱 䣦䣧 䢲

䣈䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢻 䢴䢷 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫 㻌

䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕䣸 䣥 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵

䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣 㻌

䣅䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣴 䣯䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣑䣍
䣃 䣴 䣧 䣻 䣱䣷 䣵 䣷 䣴 䣧 䣶 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣶 䣧 䣁
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃 䣮 䣮 䣗䣵 䣧 䣴 䣐 䣣䣯䣧 䣵 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣣䣯䣵

㻌 㻌

- 59 -


㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 <Initial data in non-volatile memory>
Data Initial Remark
Set temperature 37.0䉝
Set O2 density 20.0%
Set CO2 density 0.0%
Ring Back time 30 min.
Temperature zero calibration 0.5䉝
Log interval 6 min.
CO2 zero calibration 500 Corrective coefficient
CO2 span calibration 700 Corrective coefficient
CO2 sensor gas cell voltage 4000mV For CO2 zero calibration
Key Lock 0 0:OFF
1:ON
24hours UV mode 0 0:OFF, 1:ON
DAQ mode 0 0:Local
1:Remote
Remote alarm 1 0:Linked with buzzer
1:Not linked with buzzer
LCD backlight 0 0:Blue, 1:White
CO2 sensor gas reference voltage 4000mV For CO2 zero calibration
Model code 0
Function doe 0
DAQ communication speed 0 0:2400bps
1:4800bps
2:9600bps
DAQ communication ID 0
High/low temperature alarm ±1.0䉝
High/low CO2 density alarm ±1.0%
High/low O2 density alarm ±1.0%
Alarm delay time 15 min.
Dooer alarm delay time 2 min.
UV lamp timer 0 min.
Door heater balance 6 Current conductivity ratio
Bottom heater balance 10 Current conductivity ratio
Key lock password 0000
CO2 valve control 0 0: CO2 valve A
1: CO2 valve B
N2/O2 valve control 0 0: O2/N2 valve A
1: O2/N2 valve B
PCB test mode 0 0:OFF, 1:ON
Demo mode 0 0:OFF, 1:ON
CO2 Auto changer mode (option) 0 0:OFF, 1:ON
Standard gas calibration (option) 0 0:OFF, 1:ON
H2O2 decontamination (option) 0 0:OFF, 1:ON
UV lamp option 0 0:OFF, 1:ON
Primary H2O2 misting time 7 min.
Primary H2O2 preservation time 0 min.
Secondary H2O2 misting time 0 min.
Secondary H2O2 resolution time 90 min. UV resolution
UV lamp accumulation time 0 min.
Standard gas CO2 density 5.0%
Standard gas o2 density 5.0%
H2O2 decontamination temperature 45.0䉝
O2 zero calibration 500 Corrective coefficient
O2 span calibration 500 For N2 mode
500 For O2 mode
O2 sensor gas cell voltage 200mV For O2 zero calibration

- 60 -



16 H2O2 decontamination

㻌 <Setting of H2O2 decontamination>

㻌 㻌 㻌 Ensure first that UV lamp function and H2O2 decontamination mode are active.


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕䣸 䣥 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵

䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣 㻌


䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧䣯 䣅䣱䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣗䣘 䣈 䣷 䣰䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢳 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
䣆䣧䣥 䣱 䣰 䣈 䣷 䣰䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢳 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉䣣 䣵 䣅䣣 䣮 䣈䣷䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
䣅䣑 䢴 䣉䣣 䣵 䣃䣷 䣶 䣱 䣅䣪 䣣 䣰 䣩 䣧 䣴 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫
䣆 䣧䣯䣱 䣏䣱 䣦 䣧 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫

䣒䣅䣄 䣆 䣴 䣫 䣸 䣧 䣴 䣖䣧 䣵 䣶 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑䣐 䢫 㻌


Select “System Configuration” in “Select Tools Svc” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to display “System Configuration”.
Ensure “1” is displayed both in the right side of “UV Function” column and “Decon Function” column.

Note) When “0” is selected in both “UV Function” column and “Decon Function” column, H2O2 decontamination
mode is inactive,if H2O2 key is pressed for 3 seconds.

- 61 -





ճ 䣊䢴䣑 䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 մ䣗 䣘 䣔䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 չ䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢵

ձ
䢹 䣯 䣫 䣰
ղ
䢻 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰
շ յ 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
ո 䣙䣣 䣴䣯 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣗䣲 ն䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌㻌 㻌

㻌 㻌 <Display in H2O2 decontamination>
㻌㻌㻌㻌

䐟 H2O2 misting time

䐠 H2O2 resolution time


(Note) UV resolution is commenced in the above display.

䐡 Hardware status
When “H2O2 Decon” blinks in reverse video, H2O2 is misting.
When “Decon” blinks in reverse video, H2O2 is preserving. (H2O2 is not misting)

䐢 UV resolution
When “UV Resolve” blinks in reverse video, UV resolution is commenced.

䐣 Current temperature in H2O2 decontamination

䐤 Door status
When an electric lock is active, “Locked” is displayed in the right of “Door”.

䐥 Error message
When an error is occurred in H2O2 decontamination, an error message is displayed.

䐦 Message to operator
A message is displayed when H2O2 decontamination is complete.
Ex.) 䇾Please Remove H2O2 Unit䇿

䐧 Step in H2O2 decontamination


Current step is displayed during H2O2 decontamination

- 62 -




H2O2 decontamination
Procedures MENU key
0 Locate trays and humidifying pan to the position.
Fill 6% H2O2 solution in optional H2O2 unit (MCO-HP).
Connect the cable to the port in the inner rear wall and close both inner and outer door.
1 Press H2O2 key for 3 seconds in Top Screen.
2 “H2O2 Decon System Check…” is displayed and an appratus ensures to connect the cable
correctly or to check H2O2 solution level or to check door open.
3 “Ready to Start?” is displayed and press MENU key to select “OK” and press ENTER key. OK
4 Warming up and H2O2 misting is commenced.
“H2O2 Decon” blinks in reverse video in the upper left corner of the display.
5 An apparatus stops H2O2 misting when it reaches predetermined amount and starts
UV resolution. “UV Resolve” blinks in reverse video in the upper center of the display.
6 “Please Remove H2O2 Unit” is displayed after H2O2 decontamination is complete.
Open both outer and inner door, then disconnect the cable from H2O2 unit.
7 “PUSH MENU OK” is displayed in the lower left side of the display. OK
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
8 Press ENTER key to return to Top Screen.

Step 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Primary
Run in the Primary Secondary
Check H2O2 UV
Status specificati Stand-by Warming up H2O2 H2O2 Finish
H2O2 unit preservati resolution
on misting misting
on
Ultrasonic
OFF ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ON OFF ON OFF OFF
oscillator
UV
OFF ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ON OFF
Lamp
37.0䉝
Chamber
37.0䉝 ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ Ļ 45.0䉝 ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ 45.0䉝
temp.
45.0䉝
Electric
OFF ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ON ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ ĺĺĺ OFF
lock
“H2O2 “H2O2 “UV
Decon” “Decon” Decon” Resolve”
Warming up
Display blinks n blinks in blinks n Blinks in
temp. blinks
reverse reverse reverse reverse
video video video video
H2O2
resolution
Diagnosis “Decon” level or
Select
to proceed temperature H2O2 (Skip) (Skip)
“Start OK”
next step is +/-1.0䉝 misting time
is over
15min.

Note) In default setting, Step 5 (Primary H2O2 preservation time) and 6 (Secondary H2O2 misting time) are set in 0
minute, so it means that Step 7 will be commenced after Step 4.
When both setting times for Step 5 and 6 are 0 minute, the display will be changed from “Step 5” to “Step 6” if
primary H2O2 misting is not complete until predetermined time expires.
Set temperature will return to 37䉝 when press MENU key and select “OK” and press ENTER key in Step 8.



- 63 -



䣊 䢴䣑 䢴 䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢳

䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧䣯 䣅䣪䣧 䣥 䣭 兟兟 兟 兟兟

㻌 㻌


䣊 䢴䣑 䢴 䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗
䣑䣍
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣔䣧 䣣 䣦 䣻 䣶 䣱 䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶 䣁

㻌 㻌


䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 䣗䣘 䣔䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢵

䢹 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢻 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢳 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣙䣣 䣴䣯 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣗䣲 䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌 㻌


䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 䣗䣘 䣔䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢶

䢸 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢻 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌 㻌




- 64 -




䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 䣗䣘 䣔䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢹

䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢺 䢻 䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌 㻌


䣊 䢴䣑 䢴 䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺

㻰㼑 䣥䣱 䣰 䣈 䣫 䣰 䣫 㼟 㼔 㼑㼐 㻚

䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣒 䣮 䣧䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧䣯䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣗䣰 䣫 䣶 䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗䣰 䣮 䣱䣥 䣭
㻌 㻌


䣊 䢴䣑 䢴 䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺

㻰㼑 䣥䣱 䣰 䣈 䣫 䣰 䣫 㼟 㼔 㼑㼐 㻚

䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣒䣗䣕䣊 䣏䣇䣐䣗 䣑䣍 䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗䣰 䣮 䣱䣥 䣭
㻌 㻌

<H2O2 decontamination mode>


In Top Screen, press H2O2 key for 3 seconds to activate H2O2 decontamination mode.

Note) H2O2 decontamination mode will not be active without presetting optional UV mode and H2O2
deconmination mode.

- 65 -




<Forced completion of H2O2 decontamination mode ( Step 3)>

䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 䣗䣘 䣔䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢹 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢻 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰
䣃䣤 䣱 䣴 䣶

䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢳 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣙䣣 䣴䣯 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣗䣲 䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌 㻌


䣊 䢴䣑 䢴 䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺

㻴㻞䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 㻭㼎㼛 㼞 㼠 㼑 㼐 㻚

䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢳 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣒 䣮 䣧䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧䣯䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣗䣰 䣫 䣶 䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗䣰 䣮 䣱䣥 䣭
㻌 㻌

㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌㻌
While the chamber temperature is warming up (Step 3), press MENU key to display “Abort” is active.
Press ENTER key to display “H2O2 Decon Aborted” and H2O2 decontamination mode will be forcibly terminated.

- 66 -



<Forced completion of H2O2 decontamination mode ( Step 4)>

䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 䣗䣘 䣔䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢸 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢻 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰
䣃䣤 䣱 䣴 䣶

䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌 㻌


䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 䣗䣘 䣔䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢹

䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢺 䢻 䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌 㻌


䣊 䢴䣑 䢴 䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺

㻴㻞䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 㻭㼎㼛 㼞 㼠 㼑 㼐 㻚

䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣒 䣮 䣧䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧䣯䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣗䣰 䣫 䣶 䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗䣰 䣮 䣱䣥 䣭
㻌 㻌

While H2O2 misting (Step 4), press MENU key to display “Abort” is active.
Press ENTER key to commence UV resolution and to display “H2O2 Decon Aborted” and H2O2 decontamination
mode will be forcibly terminated.㻌

- 67 -




䣊䢴䣑䢴 䣆䣧 䣥䣱 䣰 䣗䣘 䣔䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢹

䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢺 䢻 䣯 䣫 䣰
( 䣴 䣴 䢵 䢷 䢼 䣒䣱䣹䣧 䣴 䣈䣣 䣫 䣮 䣧䣦 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌 㻌


䣊 䢴䣑 䢴 䣆䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺

㻰㼑 䣥䣱 䣰 䣈䣣 䣫 䣮 㼑㼐 㻚

䣇 䣴 䣴 䢵 䢷 䢼 䣒䣱䣹䣧 䣴 䣈䣣 䣫 䣮 䣧䣦 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲䤑䣅
䣒 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧䣯䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊 䢴䣑䢴 䣗䣰 䣫 䣶 䣆䣱䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗䣰 䣮 䣱䣥 䣭
㻌 㻌


<Power failure during H2O2 decontamination mode>

If power fails while H2O2 misting process (Step 4) or UV resolution process (Step 7), UV resolution
will reset and repeat.

If power fails while H2O2 misting process (Step 4), “Decon Failed” will be displayed and “Err35: Power Failed”
will be displayed on the message bar.

If power fails while UV resolution process (Step 7), “Decon Failed” will be displayed and “Err37: Power Failed”
will be displayed on the message bar.

- 68 -




<Error message in H2O2 decontamination>

(Note䠅 Only 1 error message is displayed even if multiple error messages are present.

Error # Status Display Alarm Action
Err 31 When H2O2 generator is “H2O2 Decon System Error” Decontamination
disconnected “Err31: H2O2 Unit No Connect” mode aborts
Err 32 When H2O2 solution has not “H2O2 Decon System Error” Decontamination
been filled or H2O2 sensor “Err32: H2O2 Level is Low” mode aborts
fails (disconnected)
Err 33 When a door is open “H2O2 Decon System Error” Decontamination
“Err32: H2O2 Level is Low” mode aborts
Err 34 When H2O2 is abnormally “Err34: H2O2 Volume” Buzzer UV resolution will
generated sounds be commenced
(If H2O2 misting time is over intermittently
15minutes than predetermined
time) Remote
alarm
(May be caused by faulty activates
oscillator, faulty fan, poor fan
operation or H2O2 generator
was set incorrectly)
Err 35 When power fails during H2O2 “Err35: Power Failed” is displayed Buzzer UV resolution will
is generated after power returns. sounds be commenced
“Decon Failed” is displayed after UV intermittently after power
resolution process is complete. returns
Remote
alarm
activates
Err 36 When UV lamp fails “Err36: UV Lamp Failer” Buzzer UV resolution
sounds time will be
intermittently extended

Remote
alarm
activates
Err 37 When power fails during UV “Err37: Power Failed” is displayed UV resolution will
resolution process after power returns be commenced
“Decon Finished” is displayed after again after power
UV resolution process is complete. returns


- 69 -



17 ROM version



䣖䣧䣯䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐䣗

䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣕







䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑䣍
㻌 㻌


䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱䢴 䢫
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣖 䣧䣯䣲 䢱䣅䣑䢴 䢱䣑䢴 䣅䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑䣍
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴䣯 䣕䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕䣸 䣥
䣎䣅䣆 䢱䣆䣃䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰䣩
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣗䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩

䣆䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯䣧 㻌


䣒䣣 䣵 䣵䣹䣱 䣴 䣦
䣏䣇䣐䣗
䣑䣍
䣈䣱 䣴 䣕 䣧 䣴 䣸 䣫 䣥 䣧 䣖 䣱䣱 䣮 䣵
䣅䣣 䣰䣥 䣧 䣮
䣒䣣 䣵 䣵䣹䣱 䣴 䣦

䣏䣣 䣫 䣰 䣄䣱 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳䢲䣃
㻌 䣎䣅䣆 䣄䣱 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣘䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳䢲䣃 㻌

㻌㻌㻌
Procedures MENU key
0 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”. Tools
1 Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and press MENU key to select “Svc”. Svc
2 Press ENTER key to display “Password” and ROM version is displayed.
3 Select “Cancel” in MENU key and press ENTER key. Cancel
4 “Select Tools (1/2)” is displayed.

Note) ROM version for Main PCB is displayed as “Main Board Ver. x. xxx”.
ROM version for LCD PCB is displayed as “LCD Board Ver. x. xxx”.㻌

- 70 -
Prevention of contamination

In servicing for CO2 incubator, it is important to prevent from contamination.

䠄1䠅㻌More than 90% of contamination in CO2 incubator is caused by mold. Mold is a kind of true fungi, it
has high increasing power under high temperature and high humidity. Accordingly, it is easy for
mold to increase inside CO2 incubator. Those increased mold eat up culture (mainly animal cell),
eventually precious test sample will be killed. Cell that is independent from ecosystem is also
independent from immune system, it has no immunity against all.

䠄2䠅㻌Precautions for mold increasing


There are many cases that mold multiply by eating fat on the fingers as a source of nutrient in CO2
incubator.
Therefore,
䐟㻌Be sure to wash and sterilize your hands prior to servicing. Use 70䠂 ethanol.
䐠㻌In installing, sterilize the inside wall and shelves after removing shelves, duct, humidifying pan
and so on with 70% ethanol.

䠄3䠅㻌In the case that mold has already multiplied.


Sterilize the interior (walls) and shelves with 70% ethanol after removed all items from the
chamber as same as (2)-䐠 above.

And you should sterilize again after 24 hours once sterilized, when the root of spore is geminated,
because it is too difficult to remove spore of mold. Repeat sterilization is effective.

NOTICE
In general, stainless steel is known that it is not easy 䠄hard䠅 to rust.

However depends on the conditions, rust might generate.

When you remove rust, we recommend the following agents.

Besides, the surface may become foggy.

Recommended agent:
1䠊 Cream cleanser 䛂Gif䛃 䠄Nippon Leva䠅
2䠊 Picasso #SUS300-W 䠄Chemical YAMAMOTO䠅
䠘Picasso has greater capability of clean for rust than Gif.䠚

- 71 -
Specifications of sensors

䕔㻌 Temp. sensor, Overheat protect sensor, CO2 BOX temp. sensor (Type:103AT-1)
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
(䉝) (kȍ) (䉝) (kȍ) (䉝) (kȍ)
0 27.28 17 13.57 34 7.19
1 26.13 18 13.06 35 6.94
2 25.03 19 12.56 36 6.70
3 23.99 20 12.09 37 6.47
4 22.99 21 11.63 38 6.25
5 22.05 22 11.20 39 6.03
6 21.15 23 10.78 40 5.83
7 20.29 24 10.38 41 5.63
8 19.48 25 10.00 42 5.44
9 18.70 26 9.63 43 5.26
10 17.96 27 9.28 44 5.08
11 17.24 28 8.94 45 4.91
12 16.55 29 8.62 46 4.75
13 15.90 30 8.31 47 4.59
14 15.28 31 8.02 48 4.44
15 14.68 32 7.73 49 4.30
16 14.12 33 7.46 50 4.16

䕔㻌 CO2 sensor (Type: IR sensor)

CO2 density Output voltage CO2 density Output voltage CO2 density Output voltage
䠄䠂䠅 䠄V䠅 䠄䠂䠅 䠄V䠅 䠄䠂䠅 䠄V䠅
0.0 4.00 8.0 3.14 16.0 2.88
1.0 3.82 9.0 3.10 17.0 2.85
2.0 3.63 10.0 3.06 18.0 2.83
3.0 3.49 11.0 3.02 19.0 2.81
4.0 3.39 12.0 2.99 20.0 2.78
5.0 3.31 13.0 2.96
6.0 3.25 14.0 2.93
7.0 3.19 15.0 2.90
*Reference value for R40 in Main PCB



- 72 -

䕔㻌 O2 sensor㻌

O2(%䠅 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0 9.0 18.0 27.1 36.4 45.7 55.1 64.7 74.3 84.0

10 93.9 103.8 113.9 124.1 134.4 144.8 155.3 166.0 176.8 187.8

20 198.8 210.0 221.4 232.9 244.5 256.3 268.3 280.4 292.7 305.2

30 317.8 330.6 343.6 356.8 370.2 383.8 397.6 411.7 425.9 440.4

40 455.1 470.1 485.4 500.8 516.6 532.7 549.0 565.7 582.6 600.0

50 617.6 635.6 654.0 672.7 691.9 711.5 731.5 752.0 772.9 794.4

60 816.4 839.0 862.1 885.9 910.3 935.4 961.2 987.8 1015.2 1043.5

70 1072.7 1102.9 1134.2 1166.6 1200.2 1235.2 1271.6 1309.5 1349.1 1390.5

80 1434.0 1479.7 1527.9 1578.8 1632.8 1690.3 1751.8 1817.8 1889.2 1966.7

90 2051.6 2145.5 2250.4 2369.4 2506.7 2669.2 (2868.0) (3124.3) (3485.6) (4103.2)
* A/D converter input voltage

- 73 -
Mechanism for Double wavelength IR sensor



Infrared ray






㻌 Chamber
㻌 air





Contrast wavelength IR sensor CO2 measured wavelength IR sensor
㻌 Measured wavelength: 4.0μm Measured wavelength: 4.3μm




Double wavelength (4.0䃛m adding to 4.3䃛m) can be measured simultaneously in this IR
sensor.
Higher accuracy can be obtained by comparing both of measured wavelengths constantly in the
same temperature condition.
It is unnecessary to inject ambient air when CO2 zero calibration is commenced with every 4
hours, as previous models performed.



- 74 -
Water sensor
This Incubator is equipped with a water level sensor for the humidifying pan. The sensor is set automatically
when the humidifying pan is installed. Take care not to damage the sensor when removing or installing the
humidifying pan.

When the humidifying pan is removed (side view)

Sensor
Pan

When the humidifying pan is installed (side view)

Sensor
Pan

Photo sensor

Note: Make sure that the humidifying pan is all the way to the back and that the sensor comes down when you
install the humidifying pan.

• Lift the sensor before installing the humidifying pan if the sensor is in the lower position after maintenance.
• When installing the humidifying pan, make sure that the pan is set properly and that sensor comes down into
the pan. “RH PAN” will be displayed in reverse video in the status display field on LCD panel if the sensor
does not come down completely. If necessary, set the pan again in the proper location.
• The sensor detects the water level every 30 minutes and just after the outer door is closed. It takes several
seconds to detect the water level. Therefore, “RH PAN” may displayed in reverse video several times in the
status display field on LCD panel after the outer door is closed even when the humidifying pan is full.

CAUTION
Foreign particles on the water surface can adhere to the water level sensor and fittings by capillary action
because the sensor is always in the water. The adhered foreign particles degrade sensor performance and
“RH PAN” may be displayed in reverse video in the status display field on LCD panel even though there is
sufficient water in the humidifying pan. Be sure to wipe OFF any dirt on the water level sensor with
disinfectant alcohol whenever you change the humidifying water. When cleaning the sensor, take care not
to apply excessive force to the lead wires.
When cleaning the sensor, mainly wipe OFF dirt on the right side of photo sensor (where red LED is lit when
the door switch pressed).

- 75 -
Parts layout
䛆LCD control panel䛇

CO2 inject pipe


Access hole
Circulating fan
䛆Inner wall䛇 䛆MCO-HL is optionally installed䛇

䛆MCO-19M(UV)䛇

Overheat
protect
sensor
䛆Outer door is open䠄inner door is closed䠅䛇

Silicone cap attached


during H2O2 decontamination

Temp.
sensor
Silicone cap
is not attached
(Covered by plate)

䛆H2O2 generator 䠄MCO-HL)䠄MCO-SG)䛇䞉䞉䞉Option

Humidifying pan

䛆Sensor BOX䠄Cover is removed䠅䛇

CO2 sensor

䛆Inner bottom䛇 UV lamp 䠄Option for MCO-19M䠅

䛆Electric lock on door (Option)䛇 䛆Electric lock on unit (Option䠅䛇


O2 sensor Circulating fan motor
䛆Back side䛇

Access hole

CO2 valve

O2/N2
valve A

Humidifying pan Water sensor O2/N2


valve B

Remote alarm Main PCB


terminal
PCB for O2 sensor

Glow starter Noise filter


Switching power supply
Power transformer
Ballast

- 76 -
㻌 Setting procedures for optional components 㻌
Applicable for; MCO-19UVS, MCO-HL, MCO-HP, MCO-SG

1. How to access to optional components

(1) Input of service code


Operation Key Display
1 ----- “Top Screen”
2 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
3 Select “Tool” and press ENTER key. ENTER Select “Tool” screen
4 Press “MENU” key. MENU “MENU” window
5 Select “SVC” and press ENTER key. Password input screen
6 Input service code ‘384’ by numeric keys. Numeric key
7 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
8 Select OK and press ENTER key. ENTER Service mode “Select Tools Svc”
Note) If you fails to input service code, “Wrong Password” is displayed under the “Password” on the
screen and error tone emits. The password “384” should be input correctly.
Service code is unchangeable.

(2) Access to optional components


# Operation Key Display
1 ----- Service mode “Select Tools Svc”
2 Select “System Configuration” and press ENTER “System configuration” window
ENTER key.
3 Select applied optional components* from Numeric key “MENU” window
“System Configuration” and input “1” by
numeric key.
4 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
5 Select “OK” and press ENTER key. ENTER

* Optional components in “System Configuration”


Optional components Application in “System Configuration”
UV lamp add-on kit (MCO-19UVS) “UV Function”
H2O2 generator (MCO-HP),
“Decon Function”
H2O2 Decontamination kit (MCO-HL)
Automatic CO2 Density Calibration Add-on Kit (MCO-SG) “Std Gas Cal Function”
Automatic CO2 Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC) “CO2 Gas AutoChanger”

- 77 -
2. Operation check for optional components

(1) UV lamp add-on kit (MCO-19UVS)


zUV setting
# Operation Key Display
1 ----- “Top Screen”
2 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
3 Select Tool and press ENTER key. ENTER “Select Tool” screen
4 Select “UV Setting” and press ENTER key. ENTER “UV setting” screen
5 Select “UV Timer” and input setting period Numeric keys
by numeric keys. Press ENTER key. ENTER
6 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
7 Select “OK” and press ENTER key. ENTER

Note 1) UV lamp lighting time range is 0~30 minutes. Factory default is 5 minutes.
If you set lighting time to ‘0’, UV lamp will not illuminate.
2) UV lamp switches off by opening the outer door during UV lamp illuminates.
UV lamp illuminates for predetermined time after the outer door is closed.
3) If UV lamp lighting time is set longer than 5 minutes, or if the outer is open and close
frequently, it may be caused there is condensation in the chamber, or temperature
distribution is ununiformly, or UV lamp lifetime to be shorted by heat emission from the UV
lamp.
4) Consult a SANYO representative or agent for replacement of UV lamp.
5) UV lamp occasionally stays illuminating longer than the predetermined time for the
compensation of reducing UV illumination which is caused by increasing UV lamp
accumulation time.

zOperation check
# Operation
1 Press door switch when the outer door is open and the inner door is closed.
2 After several seconds pass, check if ‘UV indicator’ is displayed on LCD display.
3 You can see blue ray at the front of humidifying tray cover.
Never look UV ray directly.

- 78 -
(2) H2O2 generator (MCO-HP), H2O2 Decontamination kit (MCO-HL)

zInstallation
Fill 80cc distilled water in MCO-HP. By using the cable enclosed, connect MCO-HP with the connector
on the bottom right of the incubator. (See picture as below)
Connector cap should be kept in safe place.
Ensure 2 pins of MCO-HP should be aligned to the holes on the rear duct. If not so, it may be caused
poor in spray performance.
For the check of spray performance, hold door switch by the tape.
Front
UV lamp

Rear duct
Front

UV lamp

Connector

H2O2 generator
H2O2 generator Ultrasound oscillator

zOperation check
# Operation Key Display/Remark
1 ----- “Top Screen”
2 Press H2O2 key for 3 seconds. H2O2 “H2O2 Decontamination”
(System check starts)
3 H2O2 Decontamination screen
‘H2O2 Decon’ blinks
----- (If error message is shown, refer
to Instruction Manual P.57.)
4 Ensure if the outer door is locked by -----
electric key.
5 Open outer door by using key to check ----- Turn key toward the direction
spray performance is correctly obtained. when you locked and take key off
before door shut. You cannot turn
the key with the door shut.

- 79 -
zRemoval of MCO-HP on the way of decontamination
# Operation Key Display/Remark
1 Turn the unit off and on. Power switch “H2O2 Decontamination”
2 When ‘Warming up’ is displayed, press MENU To avoid the device turning back
MENU key and select ‘about’ and press ENTER to resolution process, ensure to
ENTER key. press “MENU” key and select
‘about’ and press “ENTER” key
when ‘Warming up’ is displayed.
3 Remove MCO-HP and press MENU key MENU “Top Screen”
and ENTER key. ENTER
4 Ensure electric lock should be unlocked. Ensure outer door should be
opened.

(3) Automatic CO2 Density Calibration Add-on Kit (MCO-SG)

zSetting of Standard CO2 and O2 density


# Operation Key Display
1 ----- “Top Screen”
2 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
3 Select Tool and press ENTER key. ENTER “Select Tool”
4 Select “Standard Gas setting” on page 2. ENTER “Standard Gas Setting” screen
Press ENTER key.
5 Input standard gas density by numeric Numeric key
keys.
6 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
7 Select ‘OK’ and press ENTER key. ENTER

zCO2 and O2 density calibration


# Operation Key Display/Remark
1 ----- “Top Screen”
2 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
3 Select Tool and press ENTER key. ENTER “Select Tool”
4 Select “Standard Gas calibration” on the ENTER “Standard Gas Calibration” screen
2nd page of “Select Tool” screen. (System check starts)
Press ENTER key.
After passing system check,
confirmation screen is shown to
start calibration.
5 Select ‘OK’ in “MENU” window and press ENTER
ENTER key to start CO2 calibration.
6 After CO2 calibration is complete,
“Top Screen” is shown.

- 80 -
㻌 How to install UV lamp add-on kit (MCO-19UVS) 㻌

 includes:
Kit

 䐥 1 UV label
(Unused for MCO-19M)


䐦 1 UV caution label

 䐟 1 UV lamp
 䐢㻌 2 Glow ass’y
䐧 1 UV door switch caution label



䐨 5 Name plate
 䐠 1 UV lamp cover
 䐣 1 Ballast


 䐡 6 Screws 䠄M4䠅



1. Unplug the unit and make sure that power is 4. Take 2 insulations out for the UV lamp lead
not supplied to the unit. wire hole as shown in Fig. 3. Insulations can
be easily taken out by pushing it from inside
2. Remote the duct from inside the unit, then of the chamber. Keep them for reuse.
take 2 caps and 2 screws off as shown in
Fig.1


㻌 Screw





Insulation
㻌 Cap
㻌 Fig. 3
㻌 Fig. 1

3. Take the rear cover off as shown in Fig. 2. 5. Set the UV lamp (䐟) to the hole and make sure
㻌 to fit correctly. Fix the UV lamp cover (䐠) by 2
㻌 screws (䐡).








䐟䠱䠲 lamp
㻌 䐡 Screw
㻌 Rear cover 䐠䠱䠲 lamp cover

Fig. 2
Fig. 4

- 81 -
6. Fit the duct to original position. 8. Remote the 2 caps shown in Fig. 7.
Place the humidifying tray and set the humidifying Fit Glow Ass’y (䐢) and Ballast (䐣)
tray cover as shown in Fig. 5. by using 4 screws (䐡).



㻌 Humidifying tray cover


Cap







㻌 Fig. 5




䐣Ballast
㻌 䐡Screw (4pcs)

㻌 䐢Glow Ass’y
7. Replace the insulations into the UV lamp lead wire
Fig. 7
hole with the wires passed through the cuts on both
insulations. See Fig. 6.






UV
㻌 lamp
lead wire



Insulation



㻌 Fig. 6

- 82 -

9. Connect each lead wire connectors of Ballast and Glow Ass’y as shown in Fig. 8


㻌 Main PCB

㻌 CN14
㻌 Glow starter (FG-7P) white
䠄For MCO-18AIC䠅


㻌 Blue 2P
Glow starter (FG-7P)


㻌 White UV lamp White


㻌 White 2P White 2P
㻌 Yellow Blue 1P
White 3P Ballast
㻌 䠄For MCO-19AIC/19M䠅 Red 2P
㻌 Light blue Green 1P

㻌 Power trans. Noise filter Connect them after
㻌 removing each cover
White 9P


㻌 Fig. 8


10. Labels layout
㻌 Put each label on the specified place. Use the name plate of MCO-19M(UV) for MCO-19M.


䐧 UV door switch caution label 䐨 Name plate









㻌 㻌



䐦 UV lamp caution label

㻌 Fig. 9







- 83 -
11. How to set UV lamp lighting period
㻌 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
㻌 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

㻌 1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C o
CO2 5 . 0%
㻌 2 M ENU


㻌 4
3
㸱㸵㸮 㸳㸮 Se t
L o g
㻌 5 T o ol s
S t a t u s

㻌 6 OK
㻌 7

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4

M E NU
OK
C a n ce l

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
㻌 9

㻌 Se l e c t To ol s ( 1 / 2 )
㻌 M ENU
T e mp / C O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n
㻌 OK
㻌 Al a r m Se t t i n g
㻌 Sv c
L CD/ DAQ S e t t i n g

UV Se t t i n g Ca n c e l

㻌 㻌 Ke y L o c k PW Se t t i n g
㻌 D a t e T i me

㻌 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
㻌 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

㻌 P a s s wo r d M ENU

OK

㻌 䠢or Se r v i c e To ol s Ca n c e l
㻌 P a s s wo r d


㻌 㻌 Ma i n B o a r d V e r . 1 . 0 0 A
㻌 L CD Bo a r d Ve r . 1 . 0 0 a

䐟[Service mode䠄Svc䠅]
Select MENUĺTools in Top screen and select MENUĺSvc and press ENTER key to call
‘Password input screen’. Input ‘384 ‘ for password.

(Note) The message ‘Wrong Password’is displayed with error tone emitted when you input wrong
password. You cannot change service code.











- 84 -

㻌 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 M E NU


OK
C a n ce l

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
㻌 9

㻌 1 Se l e c t T o ol s Sv c Ve r . 1 . 0 0
M ENU
㻌 3
Sys t e m Co nf i gur a t i on
㻌 OK
㻌 An a l o g Ca l i b r a t i o n e t c
Ca n c e l
㻌 4 He a t e r Ba l a nc e
㻌 5
De c o n Se t t i n g

㻌 㻌 St a t us
㻌 6 I n i t i a l i z e da t a

㻌 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

㻌 1 Sys t e m Co n f i g u r a t i o n
M ENU
㻌 3 㻌 㻌 UV F u n c t i o n 䠍 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)
㻌 OK
De c o n F u n c t i o n 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)
㻌 Ca n c e l
㻌 4 S t d Ga s Ca l Func t i on 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)
㻌 5 CO2 Ga s Au t o Ch a n g e r 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)

㻌 D e mo M o d e 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)

㻌 6 PCB Dr i v e r Te s t 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)

䐠How to set UV lamp optionally (UV Function䠅
In Select Tools Svc screen, select ‘System Configuration’ and MENUĺOK(ENT) to display UV lamp
optional setting screen.
When you input ‘1’ for UV Function, you can set UV lamp lighting period.

(Note) You cannot enter ‘UV Setting’ screen in Select Tools(1/2) without UV lamp is optionally set.
Automatically reverts to Top screen.

䐡How to activate UV lamp operation


In Top screen press MENU to call MENU window. Select Tools and press ENTER key.
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 o C CO2 5 . 0% A
㻌 M ENU
2

㸱㸵㸮 㸳㸮

Se t
㻌3
㻌4
L o g
㻌5 T o ol s
S t a t u s

6

㻌7




- 85 -

䐢 In Select Tools screen, select UV Setting and press MENU button.
Select OK and press ENTER key to call UV setting screen.

㻌 Se l e c T To ol s ( 1 / 2 )
㻌 Al a r m Se t t i n g
M ENU
㻌 De f a u l t S e t t i n g 1 ( L CD, D AQ)
㻌 OK
UV Se t t i n g
㻌 Sv c
S t a n d a r d Ga s S e t t i n G

Ca l i b r at i o n 1 Ca n c e l
㻌 㻌
㻌 S t a n da r d Ga s Ca l i b r a t i o n

䐣 UV lighting period䠄UV Timer䠅 setting


㻌 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

1 UV Se t t i n g
㻌 M ENU
㻌 3 U V T i me r 0 mi n ( 0 - 3 0 1 . ON)
OK
㻌 UV L i f e 0 %
㻌 4 Ca n c e l
U V T i me r Ex t . + 0 %

5

㻌 㻌 U V 2 4 h Mo d e 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON䠅
㻌 6

z The range for setting UV lighting period䠄UV TIMER䠅 is 0䡚30 minutes. Default setting is 0. (UV
lamp is not lit).
z Set 5 minutes for UV lighting period䠄UV TIMER䠅.
z UV lamp is lit during specified period after outer door is shut. UV lamp goes off if you open the
door during UV lamp is lit.
z Please note it may be caused condensation or chamber temperature may be unstable by the
heat emitted from UV lamp when you set UV lamp lighting period over 5 minutes or open and
shut outer door frequently. It may be also caused shorten the UV lamp life. Consult to your sales
agents when you replace UV lamp.
z UV lamp may be lit longer than your specified period because UV lamp would be extended to be
lit automatically to compensate for UV output being lower.

12. How to check UV lamp lighting

Operation

1 Press door switch with the inner door shut and the outer door opened.

Several seconds later, check if UV indicator on the control panel is lit.


2
Check if ‘UV’ is appeared on LCD screen.

Check if you can see blue ray at the front of humidifying pan cover.
3 You should check UV ray with inner door shut.
Never look UV ray directly for your eyes prevention.

- 86 -
Installation of H2O2 Generator (MCO-HP)

Prior to use H2O2 Generator, ensure to check the following notes.

After installation
࣭Make sure the condensing fan should be correctly installed to the position.
 ࣭Make sure the duct should be correctly mounted to the position.
࣭Make sure the H2O2 Generator should be fixed by 2 fixtures which are pointed in the picture and
each fixture should be correctly mounted to the holes at the bottom of the duct.

“Err34” (The volume of H2O2 generated is abnormal)


࣭ If you find an error message, ‘Err34’ after predetermined decontamination process is
complete, the voltage of the apparatus may be out of the specification and it is necessary to
adjust H2O2 generating time. Please consult to your authorized sales representative.

Duct

H2O2 Generator (MCO-HP)

Fixture㸦left and right㸧


* Secure H2O2 Generator with the fixtures to prevent generator from being moved or rattled.

- 87 -
How to install H2O2 decontamination kit䠄MCO-HL䠅
and Electric lock
䕔Parts enclosures 㻌㻌㻌 䕔Tools
Screw (M4)

Screw (M5)

䞉㻌 Philips Screwdriver
䞉㻌 Wrench (8mm)

Water proof Cap (M4)


Plate meeting Transformer Lock and key Name plate
connector Caution label

Connector (White, 3P) 䐟 Mount transformer on plate meeting and


secure with screws (M4) and connect
each wires (red and brown) to the places
as left picture specified.

Screw (M4)
Wire (Red) Wire (Brown)

䐠 Remove rear cover.

Rear cover

䐡 Remove Inner cabinet rear cover, 2pcs of


Water proof
connector frame under cover and door under cover.
Fit water proof connector to the place as
the arrow pointed in the picture.

Note) Mark triangle should be oriented to


Inner cabinet rear cover upper position.

Fit 2 caps (M4) to the holes at cover


Frame under cover
support.
Door under cover
Cap (M4)

Cover support

- 88 -
䐢 Connect connector for electric lock with
connector (White, 2P) and fit to the angle.
Fit the key to lower side of the door.

Note 䠅 Reuse screws to fit each parts.


Connector (White, 2P)
ⓑⰍࢥࢿࢡࢱ(2P) Electric lock should be secured by new
screws (M5).


Key 㟁Ẽ㘄
M5
Screw (M5)
࣏ࣜࢱ࢖ࢺ Electric lock

䐣 Recommended to fit electric lock first to


the screw holes as arrow pointed in the
left picture when you fit electric lock to the
unit.

Plate meeting 䐤 Fit plate meeting to the places as left


Connector (Black, 3P)
Connector (Black, 3P) picture shown and connect each
connectors.
Tie 䠆 Harness for connector (Black, 3P)
should be put thorough the tie.

㻌 㻌 㻌 Peel seal off from insulation and fit the


insulation back to original position.

Connector (Black, 2P)

Connector (Black, 4P)

- 89 -
Door opening should be less than 10mm
when electric lock activating. 䐥 Shut the door and ensure electric lock
should be correctly functioned by using
key. Electric lock is not active when the
power is supplied. Ensure door opening
should be less than 10mm when electric
lock is active.

䐦 Align the position of electric lock if it is not


locked correctly.
Loosen 2 screws to allow electric lock to
move toward back.

䐧 Fit the cover back under the frame.

Cover

- 90 -
<Layout for Name plate and Caution label>

Put Name plate and Caution label on the following specified places.

Name plate (For MCO-19M(UVH))

Caution label (For MCO-19M(UVH))

- 91 -
How to install Roller Base䠄MCO-18RB䠅


1. As shown in the figure,set the unit on the roller base 䐟 so that its leveling legs can fit into
the holes (4 holes) on the base.
2. Insert the fixture 䐠 from the side to the front leveling leg.
Secure the fixture with 2 screws 䐡.


Leveling leg


- 92 -
How to install Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover
(MCO-21GC)
(Automatic gas switcher for MCO-20AIC/18AIC/18M/19AIC/19M/18AC)

Parts list
ճ connecting port for շ tube band (S)
ձ CO2 valve assy CO2 gas pipe B

ո screw
մ nut

յ spring washer չ tube


ղ y-pipe assy
ն tube band (L)

Ķ Straight connector ĵ tube L100


(For MCO-19AIC/MCO-19M only) (Used for
MCO-18AIC/18M/MCO-19AIC
MCO-19M/MCO-18AC)

Before mounting
This kit is applicable to MCO-20AIC, MCO-18AIC ,
MCO-18M, MCO-19AIC, MCO-19M and MCO-18AC.

Following procedure is necessary only when


mounting to MCO-18AIC MCO-18M or MCO-18AC. Ĭ CO2 valve assy
tube band
1. Remove 2 tube bands on the CO2 valve assy Ĭ,
and then remove the hose and capillary.
2. Attach the tube L100 ĵ and fix the tube by the
tube band removed in procedure 1.
Make sure the tube bands are fixed firmly to prevent
gas leakage. ĵ tube L100

Fix the edge by


Remove the tube and the tube band
capillary
Following procedure is necessary only when
mounting to MCO-19AIC or MCO-19M. Fig.1

1. Remove 2 tube bands on the CO2 valve assy Ĭ,


and then remove the hose and capillary.
2. Remove the straight connector from the inlet side of
the CO2 valve assy and replace with the straight
connector Ķ. Ĭ CO2 valve assy Tube band
Make sure it is fixed firmly to prevent gas leakage.

Ķ Straight connector Inlet side

- 93 -
3. Attach the tube L100 ĵ and fix the tube by the
tube bands removed in procedure 1.
Make sure the tube bands are fixed firmly to prevent gas leakage.

Fix both ends by


ĵ tube L100 the tube bands
Fig.2

Mounting procedure
1.Disconnect the power cable and make sure that the unit is not
supplied with the power.
2.Remove the rear cover specified in the right figure by unscrewing
the fixing screws.
3.Fix ձ by using the enclosed screws(ո).
4.Remove cap and fix յ with ճ and մ.
5.Connect the wiring harness of CO2 valve B to the connector
(yellow) of wiring harness from CN9 on Main board.
6.Disconnect upper tube of CO2 valve A.
Connect CO2 valve A and CO2 valve B and tube X by using ղ
as shown in Fig.3-1㹼3-4.
7.Connect bottom tube of ձ to ճ.
8.Connect the port with CO2 gas supply line B by using չ.
9 .Fix tubes securely using ն and շ as shown in Fig.3-1㹼3-4.
10.Mount the rear cover back to the place Rear cover

NOTE: All the tubes should be connected firmly to prevent gas leakage.

Fig.3-1 MCO-20AIC

ĭ
CO2valve B
Tube X
white
CO2 valve A
Ĭ Main
į board IJ
İ CN9 ı
ij
Į CO2 gas
supply line A
Connector
(yellow) CO2 gas
cap supply line B
Ĵ

- 94 -
Fig.3-2
MCO-18AIC,MCO-19AIC
ĭ
CO2valve B Tube X
CO2 valve A white

Ĭ Main
į board IJ
İ ı
ij CN9
Į CO2 gas
supply line A
Connector
(yellow) CO2 gas
cap
Ĵ supply line B

Fig.3-3
MCO-18᳇ȷMCO-19᳇
ĭ
CO2 valve B
Tube X
white
CO2 valve A
Ĭ į Main IJ
İ board ı
ij Cap
CN9 Ĵ
Į CO2 gas
supply line B
Connector
CO2 gas
(yellow)
supply line A

Fig.3-4 MCO-18AC

CO2valve B Tube X white


CO2 valve A IJ
Main
board ı
Ĭ į
İ
CN9 CO2 gas
ij Į supply line A
Connector
(yellow)
Ĵ CO2 gas
cap
supply line B

- 95 -
Setting procedures for MCO-20AIC/MCO-18AIC/MCO-18M/MCO-18AC
When use MCO-21GC(the automatic switcher of CO2 gas supply line), it is necessary to set in automatic
gas switching mode according to the following procedures.

Description of operation Key Indication after operation


operated
1 Turn the power switch ON. The current chamber temperature is
- displayed.

2 Press CAL key for 5 seconds. The left digit in the temperature indicator is
CAL flashed.

3 By pressing key and key, set


the figure to F03. F03

4 Press ENT key. In CO2 density indicator,


ENT "000" is displayed. F03 000

5 By pressing key and key, set


the figure to 384 F03 384

6 Press ENT key. The current chamber temperature is


ENT displayed.

7 Press CAL key for 5 seconds. The left digit in the temperature indicator is
CAL flashed.

8 By pressing key and key, set


the figure to F08 F08

9 Press ENT key. In CO2 density indicator, "0**"


ENT is displayed and the right F 0 8 0**
digit is flashed.
10 By pressing key and key, set
only the left digit figure to 1. F08 1**

NOTE: Do not change center and "㸨" means "0" or "1".


right digit figure.
11 Press ENT key. Setting of MCO-21GC is finished.
ENT The current chamber temperature is
displayed.
CO2 gas supply line indicator A is lit.
(For MCO-18M, CO2 gas supply line indicator
is lit.)

$ %

CO2 gas supply CO2 gas supply CO2 gas supply N2/O2 gas supply
line indicator A line indicator B line indicator line indicator

MCO-20AIC/18AIC/18AC MCO-18M

- 96 -
Operation check after installation of MCO-21GC
(for MCO--20AIC/MCO-18AIC/MCO-18M/MCO-18AC)
After the installation of MCO-21GC is complete, check the operation according to the following procedures.
Procedures
1 Stop the gas supply from cylinder A and use only cylinder B.

2 Turn on the power switch of MCO-20AIC/18AIC/18AC and set 37 and 0%.

Check if the gas cylinder A is selected.


For MCO-20AIC/MCO-18AIC/18AC, check if CO2 gas supply line indicator A lights.
For MCO-18M, check if the CO2 gas supply line indicator lights.
3 Leave it for approx. 1 hour until the apparatus can control the CO2 density.
(It may take approx. 1 hour to enable the apparatus to control CO2 after the power is turned on.)
4 Set CO2 in 5% and check if the CO2 inject lamp turns on.

NOTE: In case of low ambient temperature, it may take more than 1 hour until the apparatus can
control CO2 density and the CO2 inject lamp lights.
5 Check if E01(CO2 gas cylinder becomes empty) is displayed and buzzer sounds after 2-7minutes
later since the CO2 inject lamp lights.

Check if the cylinder A is switched to the cylinder B.


For MCO-20AIC/MCO-18AIC/18AC, check if CO2 gas supply line indicator A starts blinking and
the indicator B lights.
For MCO-18M, check if the CO2 gas supply line indicator starts blinking.
6 Check if the CO2 density is displayed as 5% and keep it stabilized.

NOTE: When the decimal point blinks on the CO2 display during CO2 sensor calibration, CO2
control may be interrupted.
7 After operation check is complete, shut down the CO2 supply of cylinder A and cylinder B.
Press BUZZER key to eliminate the "E01" message.

Select the gas cylinder A.


For MCO-20AIC/MCO-18AIC/18AC, select the cylinder A by pressing CO2 gas supply line
switching key.
For MCO-18M, press CO2 gas supply line switching key during CO2 density setting mode to
light CO2 injection lamp.

Refer to the MCO-20AIC/18AIC/18M instruction manual for the usage of MCO-21GC

* For MCO-18M, the currently selected gas supply line is indicated as follow:

CO2 gas supply line indicator N2/O2 gas supply line indicator

Lights ᲴCylinder A Lights ᲴCylinder A


BlinksᲴCylinder B BlinksᲴCylinder B

- 97 -
Setting procedure for MCO-19AIC/MCO-19M

When use MCO-21GC(the automatic switcher of CO2 gas supply line), it is necessary to set in automatic
gas switching mode according to the following procedures.

<Service code input>

0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 o
C CO2 5 . 0%
M ENU
2
3
4
㸱㸵㸮 㸳㸮 Se t
L o g

5 T o ol s
S t a t u s
6 OK
7
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 OK

3
M E NU

C a n ce l
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
9

Se l e c t To ol s ( 1 / 2 )
M ENU
T e mp / C O 2 Ca l i b r a t i o n
OK
Al a r m Se t t i ng
Sv c
L CD/ DAQ Se t t i n g
UV Se t t i n g Ca n c e l

㻌 Ke y Lo c k PW Se t t i ng
Da t e T i me

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

P a s s wo r d M ENU
OK
For Se r v i c e To ol s Ca n c e l
P a s s wo r d

㻌 Ma i n Boa r d Ve r . 1 . 0 0 A
L CD Bo a r d Ve r . 1 . 0 0 a

<Setting of service code>


You can check the data for service after inputting service code “384”.
In Top screen, select MENUĺTools and MENUĺSvc.
Press ENTER key to activate ‘Password’ screen’ and ”For Service Tools”/”Password ”㻌 is displayed.
and input ‘384’.

Note) Error tone will be emit and the message ‘Wrong Password’ is displayed if the service code is
wrong. It is impossible to change the service code.

- 98 -
<Setting of Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system>

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
OK
M E NU

C a n ce l
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
9
1 Se l e c t T o ol s Sv c Ve r . 1 . 0 0
M ENU
3 Sys t e m Co nf i gur a t i on
OK
An a l o g Ca l i br a t i o n e t c
Ca n c e l
4 He a t e r Ba l a nc e
5 De c o n Se t t i ng
㻌 St a t us
6 I n i t i a l i z e da t a
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
1 Sys t e m Co n f i g u r a t i o n
M ENU
3 㻌 㻌 UV Fu n c t i o n 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)
OK
De c o n Fu nc t i on 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON )
4 Ca n c e l
St d Ga s Ca l Fu nc t i on 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)
5 CO2 Ga s Au t o Ch a n g e r 1 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)
㻌 D e mo Mo d e 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)
6 PCB Dr i v e r Te s t 0 ( 0 . OF F 1 . ON)

<Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system>㻌 (Default setting:0)


In Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system, 2 cylinders can be installed in 1 unit and if one cylinder
becomes empty, automatically switch to the another one.
In Select Tools Svc screen, select ”System Configuration” and press MENUĺOK( ENT) to display option
setting screen.
When you input ‘0’ in the digit next to ”CO2 Gas Auto Changer” , Auto changer mode is inactive.
When you input ‘1’, Auto changer mode is active and alternative current used cylinder A or B turns over
in Top screen.
When a current used cylinder becomes empty, the indication of it starts blinking.

- 99 -
Operation check after installation of MCO-21GC (for MCO-19AIC/MCO-19M)
After the installation of MCO-21GC is complete, check the operation according to the following procedures.

Procedures

1 Stop supplying the gas from cylinder A and supply only with cylinder B.

Turn the power on and set temperature in 37.0䉝 and CO2 in 0.0䠂.
2
Ensure the indicator of cylinder A should be turned over.

3 Leave the unit for approx. 1 hour until chamber CO2 is controllable.
Set CO2 density in 5䠂 and ensure the indication of ‘CO2’ should be turned over.
4 Note) It may be over 1 hour until the indication turns over and the indication of ‘CO2’ may not be
turned over in case low ambient temperature.
Check if ‘Error01 CO2 Gas Empty’ is displayed and buzzer sound after 2~7 minutes elapse since
5 the indication was turned over.
Ensure indicator of cylinder A should start blinking and indicator of cylinder B turns over.

6 Ensure CO2 density indication should be 5% and CO2 should be controllable correctly.

After Operation check is complete, stop gas supplying with both cylinder A and B.
Press BUZZER key to eliminate the message “Error01㻌 CO2 Gas Empty” and press the left side of
7
cross key for 5 seconds to select cylinder A.
Turn the power off.

* Refer to Instruction Manual of MCO-19AIC/MCO-19M for the usage of MCO-21GC.

- 100 -
How to install Automatic CO2 density
calibration add-on kit䠄MCO-SG䠅
Tube joint Clip
䕔Parts descriptions㻌 㻌 㻌 䕔Tools
Clip

Label

Plate meeting Filter


Tube connect Screw (M4×10) Philips screwdriver Monkey wrench

Sensor BOX 䐟 Remove rear cover and sensor BOX


cover.

Rear cover

䐠 Cut 30mm off from the tube and insert


tube connect to the place as the left
picture specified.
Cut 30mm off from the tube

Tube connect

Sensor BOX
䐡 Follow the procedure (1)~(6) to fit each
parts.
(2) Clip
(5) Plate meeting (1) Fit the tube joint.
(Put into the hole)
(2) Apply clips to the holes.
(3) Paste the label between clips.
(3) Label (4) Fit the filter. Make sure the orientation.
(5) Fit the plate meeing.
(6)Clip (6) Apply clips as left picture specified.
(4) Filter
Place the tube as the left picture specified.
Connector (White㻌 5P) Note䠅 Take care for the tube should not be
bent.
Connector (White, 2P)

䐢 Connect each parts with connectors.


(1) Tube joint

- 101 -
Test data
䈜Following data are the reference only.
AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
CO2 setting: 5%
Temperature pull-up data O2 setting: 5%
No load
40

35
Temperature䠄䉝䠅

30

25

20
0 1 2 3 4 5
TimeᲢHourᲣ

Humidity pull-up data


100
90
80
70
Humidity䠄%䠅

60
50
40
AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
30 CO2 setting: 0%
20 O2 setting: 20%
10 No load
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Time 䠄Hour䠅

AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
Temperature change during power failure CO2 setting: 5%
40 O2 setting: 5%
No load

35
Temperature䠄䉝䠅

30

25

20
0 1 2 3 4
Time䠄Hour䠅

- 102 -
Temperature recovery data AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
CO2 setting: 5%
O2 setting: 5%
38
No load

37
Temperature䠄䉝䠅

36

35
1 small door 60sec. open
1 small door 30sec. open
34

33
0 10 20 30 40
Time䠄Minutes䠅

AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
Humidity recovery data CO2 setting: 5%
O2 setting: 5%
100 No load
95
90
Humidity䠄䉝䠅

85
80
75
30sec. door open
70 60sec. door open
65 30sec. door open with N2 bubbling
60sec. door open with N2 bubbling
60
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Time䠄Minutes䠅

AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
CO2 density recover data CO2 setting: 5%(003MPa)
O2 setting: 5%(0.05MPa)
㻢 No load


CO2 density䠄%䠅


1 small door 60sec. open
㻝 1 small door 30sec. open


0 10 20 30 40
Time䠄Minutes䠅

- 103 -
AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
O2 density recovery data CO2 setting: 5%(003MPa)
O2 setting: 5%(0.05MPa)
25
No load

20
O2 density䠄%䠅

15 1 small door 60sec. open


1 small door 30sec. open

10

0
0 10 20 30 40
Time䠄Minutes䠅

Days before CO2 tank becomes empty


800
AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
700
CO2 setting: 5%
600 Gas leak: 4.7% per 30min.
500 No load
Days

400
300
200
100
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Door open & shut per day (Frequency)

Days before N2/O2 tank becomes empty


20
AT:20䉝䚷SV:37䉝
18
CO2 setting: 5%
16 O2 setting: 5%
14 Gas leak: 4.8% per 30min.
12 No load
Days

10
8
6
4
2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Door open & shut per day (Frequency)

- 104 -
Temperature distribution data - 15points measured

Measured point Temp[䉝] <Measured points>


1 37.02
2 36.89 Back
H120mm
3 36.96 2 5
4 37.09 3
5 36.97 䚷䚷䚷䚷䚷Front
6 36.96 1 4
7 36.98 H220mm
8 36.90 7 10
9 36.89
8
10 36.98
11 37.00 6 9
12 37.02
H220mm
13 36.97 12 15
14 36.92 13
15 36.91
11 14
H105mm

- 105 -
* Data is the reference only.

Left Right

<Measuring condition>
Ambient temp. 25䉝
Setting temp. 37䉝
Setting CO2 0%

Center

50mm away from corner


Instruction manual

䊶㩷This section is extracted and printed from Instruction Manual.

䊶㩷If you find out “Refer to page 䃂䃂” in them, this page means not page in Service manual
but page in the lower corner of each page in the extract from Instruction Manual.
This page number is not corresponded with serial number in Service manual.

䊶㩷The attached Instruction Manual corresponds to the specifications for initial


production, so the contents may be changed without notice.

- 106 -
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MCO-19M(UVH)
MCO-19M(UV)
Multi Gas Incubator MCO-19M

- 107 -
CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION P. 3
PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE OPERATION P. 4
LABELS ON THE INCUBATOR P. 8
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS P. 8
INCUBATOR COMPONENTS P. 9
Control panel and keypad P. 12
Remote alarm terminals P. 13
INSTALLATION SITE P. 14
INSTALLATION P. 15
Connection of CO2 gas cylinder P. 16
Connection of N2 (or O2) gas cylinder P. 17
Connection of gas injection nozzle P. 18
Using the inner door and gastight split doors P. 18
PREVENTING CONTAMINATION P. 19
PRECAUTIONS FOR CULTURES P. 20
Using the unlock key P. 21
CORRECT OPERATION P. 21
LCD PANEL P. 22
BASIC OPERATIONS ON CONTROL PANEL P. 24
BASIC PARAMETERS
Setting the chamber temperature, CO2 and CO2 density P. 25
Setting the key lock P. 26
Releasing the key lock P. 27
Setting the key lock password P. 28
Automatic N2 (or O2) gas cylinder changeover P. 30
Setting the upper limit alarm temperature P. 32
ALARM PARAMETERS P. 33
UV LAMP PARAMETERS P. 34
Using the UV lamp P. 34
Precautions when using the UV lamp P. 35
Setting the UV lamp ON period P. 36
Lighting the UV lamp for 24 hours P. 37
OTHER PARAMETERS
Setting the date, time, and log interval P. 38
Initial settings (LCD/DAQ parameters) P. 40
DISPLAYING THE LOG P. 41
Transferring data P. 43
WATER LEVEL SENSOR P. 44
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Cleaning the chamber and inner attachments P. 45
Filling the humidifying pan P. 48
H2O2 DECONTAMINATION P. 49
H2O2 decontamination P. 51
Precautions when handling H2O2 decontamination reagent P. 54
ALARMS, SAFETY, AND SELF-DIAGNOSIS P. 55
CALIBRATION
Temperature/CO2/O2 calibration P. 58
TROUBLESHOOTING P. 60
DISPOSING OF THE MULTI-GAS INCUBATOR P. 62
AUTOMATIC CO2 CYLINDER CHANGEOVER P. 67
AUTOMATIC CO2 AND O2 DENSITY CALIBRATION P. 69
STACKING INCUBATORS P. 72
1 - 108 -
CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS P. 74
PERFORMANCE P. 75
SAFETY CHECK SHEET P. 76

- 109 - 2
INTRODUCTION
Ŷ Read this manual carefully before using the Product and follow the instructions for safety operation.

Ŷ Sanyo disavows any responsibility for safety if the Product is used for other than the intended use or
used with any procedures other than those given in this manual.

Ŷ Keep this manual in a suitable place so that it can be referred to as necessary.

Ŷ The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice for improvement of performance or
functions.

Ŷ Contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent if any page of the manual is lost or the page order is
incorrect.

Ŷ Contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent if any point in this manual is unclear or if there are any
inaccuracies.

Ŷ No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without the expressed written permission of
Sanyo.

CAUTION
SANYO guarantees the product under certain warranty conditions. SANYO in no way shall be
responsible for any loss of content or damage of content.

3 - 110 -
PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE OPERATION
It is imperative that the user complies with this manual as it contains
important safety advice.

Items and procedures are described so that you can use this unit correctly and safely.
If the precautions advised are followed, this will prevent possible injury to the user and
any other person.

Precautions are illustrated in the following way:

WARNING
Failure to observe WARNING signs could result in a hazard to personnel
possibly resulting in serious injury or death.

CAUTION
Failure to observe CAUTION signs could result in injury to personnel and
damage to the unit and associated property.

Symbol shows;

this symbol means caution.

this symbol means an action is prohibited.

this symbol means an instruction must be followed.

Be sure to keep this manual in a place accessible to users of this unit.

< Label on the unit >


This mark is labeled on the cover in which the electrical components of high voltage
are enclosed to prevent the electric shock.
The cover should be removed by a qualified engineer or a service personnel only.

WARNING
As with any equipment that uses CO2 gas, there is a likelihood of oxygen depletion in the vicinity
of the equipment. It is important that you assess the work site to ensure there is suitable and
sufficient ventilation. If restricted ventilation is suspected, then other methods of ensuring a
safe environment must be considered. These may include atmosphere monitoring and
warning devices.

- 111 - 4
WARNING
Do not use the unit outdoors. Current leakage or electric shock may result if the unit is exposed to
rain water.

Only qualified engineers or service personnel should install the unit. The installation by
unqualified personnel may cause electric shock or fire.

Install the unit on a sturdy floor and take an adequate precaution to prevent the unit from
turning over. If the floor is not strong enough or the installation site is not adequate, this may result
in injury from the unit falling or tipping over.

Never install the unit in a humid place or a place where it is likely to be splashed by water.
Deterioration of the insulation may result which could cause current leakage or electric shock.

Never install the unit in a flammable or volatile location. This may cause explosion or fire.

Never install the unit where acid or corrosive gases are present as current leakage or electric
shock may result due to corrosion.

Always ground (earth) the unit to prevent electric shock. If the power supply outlet is not
grounded, it will be necessary to install a ground by qualified engineers.

Never ground the unit through a gas pipe, water main, telephone line or lightning rod. Such
grounding may cause electric shock in the case of an incomplete circuit.

Connect the unit to a power source as indicated on the rating label attached to the unit. Use
of any other voltage or frequency other than that on the rating label may cause fire or electric shock.

Never store volatile or flammable substances in this unit if the container cannot be sealed. These
may cause explosion or fire.

Do not insert metal objects such as a pin or a wire into any vent, gap or any outlet on the unit.
This may cause electric shock or injury by accidental contact with moving parts.

Use this unit in safe area when treating the poison, harmful or radiate articles. Improper use
may cause bad effect on your health or environment.

Turn off the power switch (if provided) and disconnect the power supply to the unit prior to any
repair or maintenance of the unit in order to prevent electric shock or injury.

Do not touch any electrical parts (such as power supply plug) or operate switches with a wet
hand. This may cause electric shock.

5 - 112 -
WARNING
Ensure you do not inhale or consume medication or aerosols from around the unit at the time of
maintenance. These may be harmful to your health.

Never splash water directly onto the unit as this may cause electric shock or short circuit.

Never put containers with liquid on the unit as this may cause electric shock or short circuit when
the liquid is spilled.

Never bind, process, or step on the power supply cord, or never damage or break the power
supply plug. A broken supply cord or plug may cause fire or electric shock.

Do not use the supply cord if its plug is loose. Such supply cord may cause fire or electric shock.

Never disassemble, repair, or modify the unit yourself. Any such work carried out by an
unauthorized person may result in fire, or electric shock or injury due to a malfunction.

Disconnect the power supply plug if there is something wrong with the unit. Continued
abnormal operation may cause electric shock or fire.

When removing the plug from the power supply outlet, grip the power supply plug, not the cord.
Pulling the cord may result in electric shock or fire by short circuit.

Disconnect the power supply plug before moving the unit. Take care not to damage the power
cord. A damaged cord may cause electric shock or fire.

Disconnect the power plug when the unit is not used for long periods. Keeping the connection
may cause electric shock, current leakage, or fire due to the deterioration of insulation.

If the unit is to be stored unused in an unsupervised area for an extended period, ensure that
children do not have access and that doors cannot be closed completely.

The disposal of the unit should be accomplished by appropriate personnel. Remove doors to
prevent accidents such as suffocation.

Do not put the packing plastic bag within reach of children as suffocation may result.

Use the reagent specified by Sanyo for H2O2 decontamination. Using a different H2O2 solution
may result in explosion or damage to the Incubator.

When performing H2O2 decontamination, securely close gastight split doors, inner door and outer
door. Failure to do so may be harmful to health due to leakage of H2O2 gas.

During H2O2 decontamination, plug the access hole with the silicon cap that is provided. Failure
to do so may be harmful to health due to leakage of H2O2 gas.

- 113 - 6
CAUTION
Use a dedicated power source (a dedicated circuit with a breaker) as indicated on the rating label
attached to the unit. A branched circuit may cause fire resulting from abnormal heating.

Connect the power supply plug to the power source firmly after removing the dust on the plug.
A dusty plug or improper insertion may cause a heat or ignition.

Never store corrosive substances such as acid or alkali in this unit if the container cannot be
sealed. These may cause corrosion of inner components or electric parts.

Check the setting when starting up of operation after power failure or turning off of power
switch. The stored items may be damaged due to the change of setting.

Be careful not to tip over the unit during movement to prevent damage or injury.

Prepare a safety check sheet when you request any repair or maintenance for the safety of service
personnel.

Wear rubber gloves when handling the H2O2 reagent. Direct contact with the H2O2 reagent may
result in inflammation of the skin.

H2O2 decontamination can be performed only for the chamber and chamber attachments with
standard specifications, and not for any other objects.

Perform H2O2 decontamination with the chamber attachments arranged as specified by Sanyo.
Arranging them in a different way may result in insufficient decontamination.

After H2O2 decontamination has been completed, wear rubber gloves and use a non-woven cloth
to wipe off the residual H2O2 fluid from the bottom of the chamber, any objects that were
decontaminated, and the bottoms of ducts.

7 - 114 -
LABELS ON THE INCUBATOR
Warning and caution labels are attached to the Incubator. The following table describes the labels.

This label is attached to covers that access high-voltage electrical components to


prevent electric shock. Only a qualified engineer or service personnel should be
allowed to open these covers.

This symbol indicates an ultraviolet light (UV) caution.

This symbol indicates that caution is required. Refer to product documentation for
details.

This symbol indicates a hot surface.

This symbol indicates an earth.

This symbol means “ON” for a power switch.

This symbol means “OFF” for a power switch.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
This equipment is designed to be safe at least under the following conditions (based on the IEC 61010-1):

Ŷ Indoor use;

Ŷ Altitude up to 2000 m;

Ŷ Ambient temperature 5oC to 40oC

Ŷ Maximum relative humidity 80% for temperature up to 31oC decreasing linearly to 50% relative humidity
at 40oC;

Ŷ Mains supply voltage fluctuations not to exceed ±10% of the nominal voltage;

Ŷ Other supply voltage fluctuations as stated by the manufacturer;

Ŷ Transient overvoltages according to Installation Categories (Overvoltage Categories) II; For mains
supply the minimum and normal category is II;

Ŷ Pollution degree 2 in accordance with IEC 60664.

- 115 - 8
INCUBATOR COMPONENTS
Handles
6 3 2 13 9 10(inside)

1 7

16, 17(inside)

For MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or
when MCO-19UVS is installed.
Handles

24 12 11 15 14 25 4

For MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or
19
when MCO-19UVS is installed.

21
18 22
23
20

Rear Right Side Rear Left Side

9 - 116 -
1. Outer door: The outer door is held to the frame with a magnetic seal. A door heater is installed in the
door panel. The door opening is reversible. Contact a Sanyo representative or agent to change the door
hinge from left to right or vice versa.
2. Inner door: Open when take the trays out or clean inside.
3. Gastight split door: Made of tempered glass, however avoid excessive impact on the glass.

4. Leveling feet: The leveling feet can be turned to adjust the height. Adjust the feet so that the Incubator
is level.
5. Trays: Set trays at the same level as each gastight split door. Open a inner door when take the
tray out.
6. Tray supports: The tray supports can be removed by lifting the front side and pulling toward you.
7. Side supports: The right and left side supports can be removed for disinfection. Refer to page 45.
8. Duct: The duct for the path for circulating air. It is removable.
9. Fan cover: The fan cover serves as the inlet for circulating air. It is removable.
10. Fan (inside the duct): The fan is made from polypropylene resin. It can be disinfected in an
autoclave.
11. Sample air outlet: The sample air outlet also functions as an internal gas outlet. Normally, cover this
outlet with the sample air outlet cap.

12. Sample air outlet cap: Always attach this cap except when using the sample air outlet.
13. Door switch: Detects the door opening/closing and stops the circulating fan and electromagnetic
valve for CO2 and N2/O2 when door is open. UV lamp is also deactivated by door opening*.

14. Humidifying pan: Fill the humidifying pan with sterile distilled water. Install the pan properly so that it
can be covered with the pan cover.
15. Humidifying pan cover: The cover prevents UV light entering the chamber. When filling the pan, lift
the front side and take out the pan. Refer to page 48 for details.
16. UV lamp*: This Sanyo UV lamp does not generate ozone. Never look directly at the UV light. For
replacement, contact a Sanyo representative or agent.

17. Water level sensor for humidifying pan: This sensor detects the water level in the humidifying pan.
Refer to page 44 for details.
18. Remote alarm terminals: Refer to page 13.
19. Access port: Place the silicon caps on the port both outside and inside when the port is not being
used.
20. Power switch: This is the main switch for the Incubator. It also functions as an overcurrent breaker.
21. Glow starter*: The glow started if for the UV lamp (model FG-7P)
22. Connecting port A/B for CO2 gas pipe: When the optional MCO-21GC Automatic CO2 Cylinder
Changeover System is installed, both ports A and B are available. If the MCO-21GC is not installed, only
port A is available. Refer to page 16 for gas cylinder connection. Ensure that the gas pressure is set at
0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm2G, 4.3 psiG). Refer to page 67 for automatic CO2 cylinder changeover.

- 117 - 10
23. Connecting port A/B for N2/O2 gas pipe: Refer to page 17 for gas cylinder connection. Ensure that
the gas pressure is set at 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm2G, 7.1 psiG). Refer to page 30 for automatic N2 (or O2)
gas cylinder changeover.
24. Attachment location for electric key: This is the attachment location for the electric key included in
the optional Component H2O2 Decontamination Kit (MCO-HL). This kit must be attached to perform H2O2
decontamination. Refer to the installation procedure for MCO-HL for details.
25. Gas injection nozzle

* MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when an optional UV System Kit (MCO-19UVS) is installed.*

11 - 118 -
Control panel and keypad

LCD panel

2
10
1
3

4
7
9
8

5 6

1. Upper limit regulator: 6. CE Key:


This regulator is used to set the upper Press this key to clear the entered value
temperature limit. when entering a setting.

2. OVERHEAT indicator: 7. Cursor Keys (Up, Down, Left, and Right):


This indicator lights when the chamber Use these keys to move the cursor on the
temperature reaches the upper limit. LCD panel.

3. MENU Key: 8. ENTER Key:


Press this key to access the menu. Press this key to select a menu command.
When entering a setting, pressing this key to
4. Contrast knob: move to the next parameter.
Turn this knob to adjust the contrast of the
LCD. 9. Numeric Keys

5. BUZZER Key: 10. H2O2 Key:


Press this key to silence the buzzer. Press this key to start H2O2 decontamination.
Note: It is not possible to silence the Refer to page 49 for details.
buzzer for an upper limit temperature
alarm.

※ The following optional components must be installed to perform decontamination.


・UV Lamp Add-on Kit (MCO-19UVS) (This is provided as standard equipment for the MCO-19M(UV).)
・H2O2 Decontamination Kit (MCO-HL)
・H2O2 Generator (MCO-HP)

- 119 - 12
Remote alarm terminal
The remote alarm terminal is located at the rear right side of the incubator.

Remote alarm
terminal

The alarm is outputted from this terminal. Contact capacity is DC 30 V, 2 A.


Contact output:
between COM. and N.O. between COM. and N.C.
At normal Open Close
At abnormal Close Open

Note:
The alarm is actuated when the power cord is disconnected from the outlet or the power switch is OFF.
• The remote alarm cannot be stopped by pressing the alarm buzzer stop key (BUZZER) since the remote
alarm is not conjunct with the alarm buzzer stop key (BUZZER).

Remote alarm terminal

13 - 120 -
INSTALLATION SITE
For correct operation of the Incubator, install it in a location with the following conditions.

WARNING
When using CO2 gas for control, make sure that there is adequate ventilation. Using CO2 gas in a
small room without adequate ventilation may cause gas poisoning or oxygen deprivation. In addition,
when opening the Incubator doors, do not directly inhale the air in the chamber.
Si l’appareil est utilisé dans un evdroit restreint, le niveau de la densite CO2 de l’air peut s’élever et peut
être nocif aux humains. Evitez d’aspirer l’air provenant de l’inérieur de l’appareil quand vous ouverz la
porte.

z Normal air environment


Install the Incubator in an environment with normal air.
z Do not expose to direct sunlight
Do not install the Incubator in a location where it will be exposed to direct sunlight. If the Incubator is
operated in direct sunlight, performance will be adversely affected.
z Separate from heat sources
Do not install the Incubator near significant heat sources, such as heaters, boilers, ovens, or autoclaves.
Heat will adversely affect the performance of the Incubator.
z Ambient temperature at least 5qC lower than set temperature
The control temperature of the Incubator is at least 5qC higher than the ambient temperature. For
example, if the chamber is controlled at 37qC, the ambient temperature must normally be no more than
32qC. Do not allow the ambient temperature to become too high.
z Strong and level floor
Select a site with a strong and level floor. If the floor is uneven or the installation is not level, the Incubator
will be unstable and this may cause accident or injury. To avoid vibration and noise, always make sure
that the installation is stable. An unstable surface may result in vibration or noise.

WARNING
Install the Incubator at a location that can support the weight. If the floor is not strong enough or if the
installation is insufficient, the Incubator may fall over and cause injury.
Always make sure that the floor is strong, even, and level, and that the Incubator will not tip over.
An insufficient installation may result in injury due to water leakage or the Incubator falling over.

z Low humidity
Select a site with a relative humidity of 80% or lower. Using the Incubator in high humidity may result in
current leakage or electric shock.

WARNING
Do not use the Incubator outdoors. If the Incubator is exposed to rain water, it may result in current
leakage or electric shock.
Never install the Incubator in a moist location, such as near a sink or water line, or where it is
likely to be exposed to water. In addition, do not install it near water or steam pipes. Moisture can
cause the insulation to deteriorate, which may result in current leakage or electric shock.

z No inflammable or corrosive gas


Never install the Incubator in a location where it will be exposed to inflammable or corrosive gas. Doing
so may result in explosion or fire. In addition, insulation may deteriorate due to corrosion of protective
casing, resulting in current leakage or electric shock.
z No falling objects
Do not install the Incubator in a location where there is the possibility of objects falling from above. Doing
so may result in damage or accident.

- 121 - 14
INSTALLATION
1. Remove the packing tape and clean up.
Remove all the tape that is securing the doors and inner attachments. Open the doors for ventilation. If
the outer panels are dirty, dampen a cloth with a diluted neutral detergent and wipe them. (Using an
undiluted solution may damage the plastic. Follow the diluting instructions for the detergent that is used.)
Wipe off the residual detergent with a wet cloth and then wipe off any moisture.

WARNING
Do not leave plastic wrapping bags within reach of children. If a bag is placed over a child’s head, it
can block the mouth and nose and cause suffocation.

2. Adjust the leveling feet.


Adjust the leveling feet by turning them counterclockwise to level the Incubator. (See the illustration on
the right.)

3. Ground the Incubator.


Ground the Incubator during installation to prevent electric shock in case the insulation is not sufficient. If
there is no ground wire at the location, consult with qualified service personnel.

z When a ground must be installed


If a grounded 3-pole outlet is not available, then a ground must be installed. Consult with qualified service
personnel.

WARNING
To prevent electric shock, always ground the Incubator. If grounding is not possible, then have a ground
installed by qualified personnel. If the Incubator is not grounded, it may result in electric shock.
Never connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod, or telephone ground wire.
Doing so may cause electric shock.

z Installing a ground fault circuit breaker


If using the Incubator in a location with moisture or humidity cannot be avoided, then it is recommended
that a ground fault circuit breaker be installed in the power supply circuit (i.e., the power supply at the
Incubator). Have the circuit breaker installed by qualified service personnel.

CAUTION
Do not climb on the Incubator or place objects on top of it. Doing so may damage it or cause it to fall
over, resulting in injury. If it is to be stacked, refer to page 72 and stack it securely.

z When the Incubator is not in use


Empty the water from the humidifying pan and remove moisture from the chamber. Make sure that the
chamber is completely dry before closing the doors. Failure to do so may result in damage.

z Before moving the Incubator


Before moving the Incubator, empty the water from the humidifying pan, disconnect the power supply plug
from the outlet, and make sure that the cord will not be damaged. Failure to do so may result in electric
shock or fire.

15 - 122 -
Connection of CO2 gas cylinder

WARNING
When connecting a gas cylinder to the Incubator, confirm the gas type. Confirm that the connections
are secure and that no gas will escape. Be sure to use the specified pressure. Using an incorrect
gas or pressure may result in explosion or fire, or in gas poisoning or oxygen deprivation due to escaping
gas.
Install the Incubator in a location with adequate ventilation. If adequate ventilation cannot be
provided, then install an alarm system using CO2 and O2 densitometers.

1. Use a liquefied CO2 gas cylinder (at least 99.5% pure). The siphon (dip tube) type cannot be used.

2. Install the Gas Pressure Regulator (MCO-100L, purchased separately) specified by Sanyo on the CO2
gas cylinder. Otherwise, use a CO2 gas pressure regulator rated at 25 MPaG (250 kgf/cm2G, 3600 psiG)
for the primary pressure, and 0.2 MPaG (2 kgf/cm2G, 30 psiG) for the secondary pressure.

3. Using the gas supply pipe that is provided, connect the CO2 gas pressure regulator to the CO2 gas pipe
inlet (located at the lower left-hand side on the rear panel of the Incubator).
Note:
If CO2 is supplied to multiple CO2 Incubators from a single gas cylinder, a CO2 solid will be formed in the
gas pressure regulator. The gas pressure regulator safety valve will operate, and there may an explosive
sound.

When the MCO-21GC is not mounted


Using the gas supply pipe that is provided, connect the CO2 gas pressure regulator for the CO2 gas
cylinder to CO2 gas pipe connection port A on the Incubator. After connecting the pipe, check to make
sure that no gas is leaking.

When the MCO-21GC is mounted


Connect a pair of CO2 gas cylinders with CO2 gas pressure regulators independently. The gas supply line
will be switched automatically. Connect the main cylinder to port A and the reserve cylinder to port B. After
connecting the cylinders, check to make sure that no gas is leaking.

z For details on installing the optional automatic CO2 Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC), refer to
the MCO-21GC installation guide. For details on using the MCO-21GC, refer to page 67.

4. Set the CO2 gas on the secondary side to 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm2G, 4.3 psiG) for gas injection. As the
pressure increases, the CO2 gas concentration control range will increase. Excessive pressure may
cause gas supply lines inside the Incubator to come loose, which may result in gas poisoning or oxygen
deprivation due to the escaping of gas. If gas lines come loose, the Incubator must be repaired.

z The gas lines connected to the Incubator will degrade over time. If any deterioration or abnormalities
are found during inspection, replace the lines immediately.

- 123 - 16
Connection of N2 (or O2 ) gas cylinder

WARNING
Check the gas type and ensure that it is fit for the purpose. Make sure that all pipes are
connected correctly and are not liable to become disconnected. Ensure that the gas pressure is
set at the specified value. Improper connection of the gas pipe or use of incorrect gas pressure
may result in leakage of gas. Elevated level of gas can be hazardous to health and may lead to
asphyxiation and risk of death.

This incubator needs N2 or O2 gas depending on the setting of O2 density. The selection is as follows:
When the setting of O2 density is less than 18%: N2 gas
When the setting of O2 density is more than 22%: O2 gas

O2 density in the atmosphere is about 20%. For the control of O2 density in the chamber, O2 gas is
diluted by N2 gas when the setting of O2 density is less than that of the atmosphere. On the contrary, O2
gas is added when the setting of O2 density is more than that of the atmosphere.

1. Install a gas pressure regulator (optional accessory MCO-100L) on N2 or O2 gas cylinder. Or use a
regulator rated at 25 MPaG (250 kgf/cm2G, 3600 psiG) on the primary side and 0.2 MPaG (2.0 kgf/cm2G,
30 psiG) on the secondary side.

2. Using the gas tube provided, connect the pressure regulator to the connecting port A/B for N2/O2 gas
pipe located at the rear left side of the incubator. Connect the main cylinder to the connecting port A for
N2/O2 gas pipe and connect the sub-cylinder to the connecting port B for N2/O2 gas pipe so that the gas
supply can be switched automatically when one gas cylinder is empty. Connect the same gas type to
both connecting port A/B for N2/O2 gas pipe. Never connect N2 gas and O2 gas at the same time to the
connecting port A/B for N2/O2 gas pipe respectively.

3. Set the N2 or O2 gas pressure on the secondary side to 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm2G, 7.1 psiG) (at gas
injection). The higher gas pressure makes control range of O2 density wider. In addition, excessive
pressure may cause disconnection of internal pipes inside the incubator, which will result in leakage of N2
or O2 gas into the atmosphere. Elevated level of CO2 gas or O2 gas can be hazardous to health and
may lead to asphyxiation and risk of death or fire by gas leakage. The repair of the incubator will be
necessary if the internal pipe is disconnected.

4. Check that no gas is leaking at any point where the pipe connects with the gas regulator or the
incubator.

z The gas lines connected to the Incubator will degrade over time. If any deterioration or abnormalities
are found during inspection, replace the lines immediately.

WARNING
O2 gas increases the susceptibility of substances to burn. Take care of the handling of flame in a room
where the incubator is installed.

17 - 124 -
Connection of gas injection nozzle
In the case of control of O2 density in the chamber, connect the gas injection nozzle to the gas injection
port by using the connecting pipe enclosed (inner diameter; 5 mm, outer diameter; 9 mm, length; 400
mm). This helps faster recovery of humidity after opening of the inner door.
Fill the humidifying pan with sterile distilled water so that the injection nozzle can be under the water level.

Gas injection nozzle

Using the inner door and gastight split doors


zTo effectively use gastight split doors, set three trays (standard equipment) at the same level as bottom
side of each gastight split door.

At the same level


as bottom side of
each gastight
split doors

- 125 - 18
PREVENTING CONTAMINATION
To prevent contamination of the chamber, select a suitable installation site.

z Avoid locations with high temperatures or humidity.


Avoid locations with high temperatures or humidity, because of a greater presence of microorganisms in
the air.

z Avoid locations with passers-by or drafts.


Avoid locations near doors, air conditioners, fans, etc., where passers-by or drafts can facilitate the entry
of microorganisms into the chamber.

z If possible, use a cleanroom.


To achieve a better culture, it is recommended that a cleanroom be used if one is available.

z Use clean containers.


The greatest cause of contamination is dirty containers for cultures. Be careful not to get containers or
trays dirty when taking them in and out.

z Keep the chamber clean.


Wipe off any fingerprints. If water spills from the humidifying pan, or if the doors are left open for a long
time, condensation may form on the inside of the doors. If that occurs, wipe off the condensation with a
dry sterile gauze. In particular, clean and disinfect the chamber if the culture medium is spilled. For details,
refer to Routine Maintenance on page 45.

z Use sterile distilled water in the humidifying pan.


Always use sterile distilled water in the humidifying pan. Do not use ultrapure water, because it may
contain red rust-like suspended particles.
A water level alarm is displayed in the status display area on the control panel. Quickly refill the water in
the pan when the water level alarm is displayed. Adding low-temperature water will significantly lower the
temperature in the chamber. Clean the humidifying pan once a month.

z Keep the Incubator out of direct airflows from air conditioners or fans.
Cool airflow from an air conditioner may cause condensation and lead to possible contamination.

19 - 126 -
PRECAUTIONS FOR CULTURES
z Leave space between culture containers.
Always leave space for ventilation between culture containers (Petri dishes, flasks, etc.). Inadequate
spacing may result in uneven temperature distribution and CO2 gas concentration.

z Do not place harmful materials in the chamber.


Never place samples that release acidic, alkali, or corrosive gas in the chamber. Doing so may cause
damage resulting from discoloration or corrosion.

z Close the inner door and all gastight split doors.


Always close the inner door and all gastight split doors before closing the outer door. Failure to close the
inner door or any gastight split door will adversely affect performance even if the outer door is closed.

z Open and close the doors gently.


Always open and close the doors gently. Closing the doors forcefully may cause spillage of the culture
medium, incomplete closing, or damage to the gasket. Before opening the inner door, check through the
glass to confirm that the UV lamp is OFF (if the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or the optional MCO-19UVS is
installed).

z Be careful when closing the outer door.


Use the handle when closing the outer door. Holding the door in other places may cause injury by getting
fingers caught in the door. Do not lean on the outer door. Doing so may result in injury from the outer door
coming loose or the Incubator falling over, or it may cause current leakage or electric shock.

z Be careful of the inside of the outer door.


The inside of the outer door may become hot.

z Avoid using excessive force on the inner door.


Do not put your hand on the glass, poke it with sharp objects, or apply strong force. Doing so may result
in injury from breaking the glass.

z Check the cause of any alarm buzzer.


If an alarm buzzer sounds while the Incubator is in use, immediately check the cause of the alarm. For
details on what may cause an alarm buzzer to sound, refer to page 55.

- 127 - 20
Using the Unlock Key
z Unlocking when power is interrupted
If power is interrupted to the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) with an MCO-HL installed, the outer door is
electrically locked. To unlock the outer door while the power is interrupted, use the unlock key that is
provided. To lock the outer door again, turn the unlock key to the lock direction while the door is open.
After the door has been locked condition manually, then close the door.
Note:
The outer door cannot be locked by using the unlock key while the door is closed. Lock the door while it is
open. Attempting to turn the unlock key while the door is closed may damage the electric lock system.

WARNING
For the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) with an MCO-HL installed, the outer door is electrically locked during
decontamination. The chamber is filled with H2O2 gas during decontamination. Do not unlock the door
during decontamination.

CORRECT OPERATION
Use the following procedure to start trial operation or actual operation of the Incubator.

1. Install the Incubator correctly, referring to Installation on page 15.

2. Remove the packing materials from the chamber and inner attachments. Clean and disinfect the
chamber and inner attachments, referring to Routine Maintenance on page 45.

3. Add approximately 1.5 L of sterile distilled water to the humidifying pan. (Refer to page 48.)

4. Turn ON the power supply switch on the left side of the rear panel of the Incubator.

Note:
The humidity in the Incubator chamber is adjusted to the optimum setting. To prevent condensation on
the surface inside chamber and the inner door, there is a low-temperature area under the humidifying pan
in the bottom of chamber to recondense evaporated moisture. Condensation may occur around the
humidifying pan at the bottom of the chamber, but this does not indicate a problem.

21 - 128 -
LCD PANEL
The following display (called the Top Display) will appear when the power switch is turned ON. The
default temperature is 37.0oC, the default CO2 density is 0% and the default O2 density is 20%. The date
and time are preset at the factory. Refer to page 38 to change the date and time.

1 3 5 6 8
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C CO2 5 . 0% A B O2 5 . 0% A B

2
2
3 37.0 5.0 5 .
5.0
4
9 5 S t a t u s U V R H P A N D o o r : O p e n

10 6 OK

4 7

1. Display of set value of temperature


The set value of chamber temperature is displayed.

2. Display of current temperature


The current chamber temperature is displayed.

3. Display of set value of CO2 density


The set value of the chamber CO2 density is displayed.

4. Display of current CO2 density


The current chamber CO2 density is displayed.

5. Display of current CO2 cylinder


A and B will be displayed if the optional Automatic CO2 Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC) is
installed. The port of the CO2 gas pipe that is currently supplying CO2 will be displayed in reverse video.
Nothing will be displayed if the MCO-21GC is not installed.

6. Display of set value of O2 density


The set value of the chamber O2 density is displayed.

7. Display of current O2 density


The current chamber O2 density is displayed.

8. Display of current N2/O2 cylinder


The connecting port A/B for N2/O2 gas pipe that is currently supplying N2 or CO2 will be displayed in
reverse video.

- 129 - 22
9. Status display field
Various status or alarms are displayed.
・When UV lamp is lit: “UV” is displayed in reverse video. (If the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or the optional
MCO-19UVS is installed).
・When humidifying water is low: “RH PAN” is displayed in reverse video and blinks.
・When the door is open: Door: Open” is displayed in reverse video.

10. Message display field


A message is displayed when fault occurs. The message is displayed alternately in normal characters
and reverse video. Refer to pages from 55 to 57 for alarm details. OK is displayed during normal
operation.

23 - 130 -
BASIC OPERATIONS ON CONTROL PANEL
The following operation are possible through control panel:

z Setting the temperature・・・The chamber temperature can be set (page 25).

z Setting the CO2 density・・・The chamber CO2 density can be set (page 25).

z Setting the O2 density・・・The chamber O2 density can be set (page 25).

z Setting the key lock・・・Changing the temperature and CO2 density can be disabled (page 26).

z Setting alarms・・・The temperature alarm, CO2 density alarm, O2 density alarm (page 33) and upper
limit alarm temperature (page 32) can be set.

z Setting UV parameters・・・ON/OFF parameters and the ON period of the UV lamp can be set for the
MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when the Incubator is equipped with the optional MCO-19UVS (page 36).

z Setting other parameters・・・The initial settings of the date, time, and log cycle (page 38), and the
LCD display and baud rate (page 40) can be set.

z Displaying the operation log and transferring data・・・A graph of past operation data can be
displayed (page 41) and operation data can be transferred to a PC (page 43).

z H2O2 decontamination・・・H2O2 decontamination of the chamber and internal attachments can be


performed when the optional H2O2 Generator (MCO-HP) is installed (page 49).

z Automatic N2 (or O2) gas cylinder changeover・・・The N2 (or O2) gas cylinder can be switched (page
30). The CO2 gas cylinder can be switched when the optional automatic CO2 Cylinder Changeover
System (MCO-21GC) is installed (page 67).

z Setting the standard gas density・・・The standard gas density can be set when the optional
Automatic Standard Gas Calibration Kit (MCO-SG) is installed. (page 69)

- 131 - 24
BASIC PARAMETERS
Setting the chamber temperature, CO2 and O2 density
The setting procedure for the chamber temperature, CO2 and O2 density are given below. (Default
settings: Chamber temperature: 37oC, CO2 density: 0%, O2 density: 20%)
The Incubator automatically starts operation using these settings after the power is turned ON.

1. From the Top Display, press the MENU Key to access the menu. Select Set and press the ENTER
Key.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % O 2 5 . 0 %
M E N U

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0 S e t

L o g

T o o l s
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. The Stand-By Setting Display will be displayed. Set the parameters.

1 S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g
o o
M E N U
2 T e mp e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 C ( 0 . 0 C - 5 0 . 0 o C )
O K
3 C O 2 D e n s i t y 0 . 0 % ( 0 . 0 % - 2 0 . 0 %)
C a n c e l
4 O 2 D e n s i t y 2 0 . 0 % ( 1 . 0 % - 1 8 . 0 %)

5 ( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 %)

K e y L o c k 0 ( 0 . U n l o c k 1 . L o c k )
o
6 H i g h L i mi t 5 2 . 0 C

The setting ranges of the parameters are as follows:


ƔTemperature: 0 to 50oC. To 37.0oC, enter 370.
ƔCO2 density: 0 to 20%. To set 5.0%, enter 050.
ƔO2 density: 1 to 18 and 22 to 80%. To set 5.0%, enter 050.

3. Press the MENU Key to display the menu after setting the parameters. Select OK and press the
ENTER Key. The settings will be saved.

Note:
When starting the Incubator for the first time or after not using it for an extended period of time, allow at
least 4 hours for the chamber temperature, humidity, CO2 sensor and O2 sensor to become stable after
setting the desired chamber temperature at a 0% CO2 density and a 20% O2 density. Then change the
setting to the desired CO2 and O2 density.

25 - 132 -
Setting the key lock
1. To set the key lock, change the value of the key lock parameter from 0 to 1 on the Stand-by Setting
Display and press the ENTER Key. The buzzer will sound briefly and the keys will be locked.

1 S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g
o o
M E N U
2 T e mp e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 C ( 0 . 0 C - 5 0 . 0 o C )
O K
3 C O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 0 . 0 % - 2 0 . 0 %)
C a n c e l
4 O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 1 . 0 % - 1 8 . 0 %)

5 ( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 %)

K e y L o c k 1 ( 0 . U n l o c k 1 . L o c k )
o
6 H i g h L i mi t 5 2 . 0 C

2. “Key Lock” will be displayed in reverse video at the right side of “Stand-by Setting”, and changing the
temperature and CO2 density settings will be disabled.

3. Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK and press the ENTER Key. The settings will be
saved.

- 133 - 26
Releasing the key lock
1. To remove the key lock, change the value of the key lock parameter from 1 to 0 on the Stand-by
Setting Display and press the ENTER Key.

1 S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g K e y L o c k
o o o
2 T e mp e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 C ( 0 . 0 C - 5 0 . 0 C )

3 C O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 0 . 0 % - 2 0 . 0 %)

4 O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 1 . 0 % - 1 8 . 0 %)

5 ( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 %)

K e y L o c k 0 ( 0 . U n l o c k 1 . L o c k )
o
6 H i g h L i mi t 5 2 . 0 C

2. The cursor will move to the Password Field. Input the 4-digit password (default: 0000) and press the
ENTER Key. When key lock is released, the buzzer will sound briefly, and “Key Lock” will disappear from
the Stand-by Setting Display.

1 S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g K e y L o c k
o o o
2 T e mp e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 C ( 0 . 0 C - 5 0 . 0 C )

3 C O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 0 . 0 % - 2 0 . 0 %)

4 O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 1 . 0 % - 1 8 . 0 %)

5 ( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 %)

K e y L o c k 0 P a s s w o r d
o
6 H i g h L i mi t 5 2 . 0 C

3. Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK and press the ENTER Key. The settings will be
saved.

Note: The buzzer will sound for a long time if the wrong password is entered. Enter the correct password.
The password for releasing the key lock must be shared and administered among all users of the
Incubator. The password is set to 0000 when the Incubator is shipped from the factory. The procedure for
changing the password is given next.

27 - 134 -
Setting the key lock password
1. From the Top Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select Tools, and press the ENTER
Key.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % O 2 5 . 0 %
M E N U

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0 S e t

L o g

T o o l s
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. Select Key Lock PW Setting from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu,
select OK, and press the ENTER Key.

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 1 / 2 )

T e mp / C O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n M E N U
A l a r m S e t t i n g
O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
S v C
U V S e t t i n g
C a n c e l
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

D a t e T i me

3. Input the current user password (4 digits), select OK, and press the ENTER Key. (The default user
password is 0000 when the Incubator is shipped from the factory.)

K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

C u r r e n t U s e r P a s s w o r d ****

- 135 - 28
4. Enter the new user password (4 digits), select OK, and press the ENTER Key.

K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

N e w U s e r P a s s w o r d ****

5. Enter the new user password again, select OK, and press the ENTER Key to save. After that press the
MENU Key to display the menu, and select Cancel from the menu.

K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

N e w U s e r P a s s w o r d ****

R e E n t e r U s e r P a s s w o r d ****

Note:
Be careful not to forget the key lock password. If you have forgotten the password and cannot release the
key lock, contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent.

29 - 136 -
Automatic N2 (or O2) gas cylinder changeover
This incubator switches the gas supply lines when one N 2 (or O2) gas cylinder becomes empty.
Note: An automatic switcher for the CO2 gas supply lines (MCO-21GC) is available as an optional
accessory.

Perform the following procedure

1. Connect 2 gas tubes to connecting ports A/B for N2/O2 gas pipe. Connecting ports A/B for N2/O2 gas
pipes are located on the left back of the Incubator. (Refer to page 9).

2. Connect a N2 (or O2) gas cylinder equipped with a gas pressure regulator to each gas tube. Refer to
page 17 for information on connecting the gas cylinders. (“Gas cylinder A” is the N2 (or O2) gas cylinder
connected to the connecting port A for N2/O2 gas pipe, and “gas cylinder B” is the N2 (or O2) gas cylinder
connected to the connecting port B for N2/O2 gas pipe.)

3. Open the valves of both gas cylinders.

4. The current N2 (or O2) gas supply line is displayed on the Top Display.

Current N2/O2 gas supply line

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 % A B

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

5. The incubator detects that there is no more N2 (or O2) gas in a cylinder when the O2 density in the
chamber does not increase for a while even after opening the N2/O2 gas valve in the Incubator. It
switches the gas supply line when it detects that there is no more gas. At that time, the following
indications of switching the gas cylinder are provided.

Message display field Display of gas supply


The character for gas supply line
that is empty blinks.
When N2 (or O2) gas gas supply line Err02: N2/O2 gas Empty is
The gas supply line that is
switches automatically. displayed.
currently being used is displayed
in reverse video.
●To silence the buzzer, press the BUZZER Key. The alarm condition is cleared and normal operation
continues.

- 137 - 30
6. When gas cylinder A is switched to B, remove gas cylinder A and replace it with new one.
Note: Be careful when handling the empty N2 (or O2) gas cylinder. Some gas may still be left in the
cylinder.

ƔWhen gas cylinder B becomes empty, the line is switched to gas cylinder A again.

The incubator detects that there is no more N2 (or O2) gas in a cylinder when the O2 density in the
chamber does not increase for a while even after opening the N2 (or O2) gas valve in the Incubator. The
supply line may also be switched for other reasons even though there is gas left in the cylinder: blocking
or restricting of gas tube, reduction of N2 (or O2) gas pressure, or improper opening of N2 (or O2) gas
cylinder. Always check the gas quantity in the cylinder before disconnecting it.

Ɣ Use the following procedure to manual switch the line between N2 (or O2) gas cylinders A and B. This
procedure shows switching the line from N2 (or O2) gas cylinder B to A as an example.

1. From the Top Display, press the Up Cursor Key for 3 seconds.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 % A B

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. The N2 (or O2) gas supply line will be switched from cylinder B to A

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 % A B

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

(When the line needs to be switched from N2 (or O2) gas cylinder A to B, press the Down Cursor Key for
3 seconds.)

31 - 138 -
Setting the upper limit alarm temperature
An upper limit temperature alarm is provided with the Incubator. The alarm temperature can be changed
by using the following procedure.

1. In the Stand-by Setting Display, turn the upper limit regulator on the control panel using a small
screwdriver to set the desired upper limit alarm temperature. The upper limit temperature can be set
between 35 and 51oC.

1 S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g
o o o
2 T e mp e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 C ( 0 . 0 C - 5 0 . 0 C )

3 C O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 0 . 0 % - 2 0 . 0 %)

4 O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 1 . 0 % - 1 8 . 0 %)

5 ( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 %)

K e y L o c k 0 ( 0 . U n l o c k 1 . L o c k )
o
6 H i g h L i mi t 5 2 . 0 C

Note:
・Set the upper limit alarm temperature (High Limit) to at least 5oC higher than the chamber set
temperature.
・Set the upper limit alarm temperature to at least 50oC when H2O2 decontamination is performed.

2. After setting the parameter, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK, and press the
ENTER Key. The alarm temperature will be saved.

Refer to the tables of alarms and safety functions for culture operations on page 55 for details.

Note:
・The alarm temperature will be changed at any time by turning the upper limit regulator even if the
Stand-by Setting Display is not displayed.
・Set the upper limit alarm temperature after the chamber reaches the set temperature for operation.

- 139 - 32
ALARM PARAMETERS
1. Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select Tools, and press the ENTER
Key.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % O 2 5 . 0 %
M E N U

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0 S e t

L o g

T o o l s
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. Select Alarm Setting from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK, and press the ENTER Key.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 OK

3
M E NU

C a n ce l
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 1 / 2 )

T e mp / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n M E N U
A l a r m S e t t i n g O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g S v c
U V S e t t i n g
C a n c e l
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

D a t e T i me

3. The Alarm Setting Display will appear. The temperature alarm, CO2 alarm, O2 alarm, alarm delay, ring
back time, and door delay can be set on this display. The alarm buzzer can be silenced by pressing the
BUZZER Key. The buzzer will sound again after the specified ring back time if the condition that caused
the alarm continues. The ring back time can be set.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

1 A l a r m S e t t i n g
M E N U
o
3 T e mp A l a r m ± 1 . 0 C ( ± 1 . 0 ° C - ± 5 . 0 ° C )
O K
C O 2 A l a r m ± 1 . 0 % ( ± 0 . 5 % -± 5. 0 %)
C a n c e l
4 O 2 A l a r m ± 1 . 0 % ( ± 0 . 5 % -± 5. 0 %)

5 A l a r m D e l a y 1 5 mi n ( 0 - 1 5 mi n )

R i n g B a c k 3 0 m i n ( 0 . O F F 1 -9 9 m i n )

6 D o o r D e l a y 2 mi n ( 1 - 3 0 mi n )

・Temperature alarm: ±1.0 to ±5.0oC (Default: ±1.0oC)


・CO2 alarm, O2 alarm: ±0.5 to ±5.0% (Default: ±1.0%)
・Alarm delay: 0 to 15 minutes (Default: 15 minutes)
・Ring back time: 1 to 99 minutes, or OFF (Default: 30 minutes)
・Door alarm delay: 1 to 30 minutes (Default: 2 minutes)

33 - 140 -
UV LAMP PARAMETERS
A UV lamp is used with the MCO-19M(UVH)/MCO-19M(UV) or the MCO-19M with an MCO-19UVS UV
Lamp Expansion Kit installed. Use the following procedures to make the settings.

Using the UV lamp


A UV lamp is located inside the duct to sterilize the water in the humidifying pan and the air circulating in
the chamber. Observe the following points to use the UV lamp correctly.

z When all chamber attachments are installed correctly, only the inside of the duct and the inside of the
humidifying pan cover are exposed to UV light.

z Correctly install all of the chamber attachments when starting a cell culture, and never turn ON the UV
lamp when the humidifying pan cover is removed.

z Always install the humidifying pan cover even when using the Incubator without turning ON the UV
lamp. Leaving the cover uninstalled will affect the chamber temperature distribution and the humidity
recovery performance.

z The UV lamp stays lit for a preset period of time after the outer door is closed. The default setting is for
five minutes.

z If the outer door is not opened for at least 12 consecutive hours, the UV lamp will light for the preset
time period every 12 hours.

z The recommended replacement time for the UV lamp (i.e., when the UV output ratio drops to 60% to
70% of its initial value) is when the accumulated ON time reaches 1,000 hours. When the accumulated
ON time reaches approximately 1,000 hours, the “UV” will flash in the status display field on the LCD
panel (when the UV lamp is not lit). It is recommended that the UV lamp be quickly replaced at this point.
Consult a Sanyo sales representative or agent for information on replacing the UV lamp.

z If the UV lamp burns out, Err18:UV Lamp Abnormal will be displayed in the message display field. If
this occurs, replace the UV lamp. When replacing the UV lamp, replace the glow starter (type FG-7P) at
the same time. Consult a Sanyo sales representative or agent for information on replacing the UV lamp.

z If the UV lamp burns out (Err18:UV Lamp Abnormal will be displayed in the message display field), it
will not be possible to perform H2O2 decontamination. Replace the UV lamp and the glow starter.

- 141 - 34
Precautions when using the UV lamp

WARNING
Do not look directly at UV light. UV light is harmful to the eyes.

z Always use the humidifying pan and humidifying pan cover.


The humidifying pan and cover prevent UV light from escaping. Always use them even when not
humidifying. To check whether the UV lamp is lit, open the outer door and then press the door switch with
the inner door still closed. Visible blue light can be confirmed from the front of the humidifying pan cover.
UV light is harmful to the eyes, so do not light the UV lamp when the inner door or humidifying pan cover
is open.

z Be careful when handling the UV lamp.


There is a UV lamp inside of the chamber duct. Be careful not to damage it when installing or removing
chamber attachments, the humidifying pan, or the H2O2 Generator.

35 - 142 -
Setting the UV lamp ON period
Use the following procedure to change the setting of the UV lamp ON period.

1. Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select Tools, and press the ENTER
Key.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % O 2 5 . 0 %
M E N U

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0 S e t

L o g

T o o l s
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. Select UV Setting from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK,
and press the ENTER Key.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 OK

3
M E NU

C a n ce l
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 1 / 2 )

T e mp / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n M E N U
A l a r m S e t t i n g O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g S v c
U V S e t t i n g
C a n c e l
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

D a t e T i me

3. The UV Setting Display will appear. Set the UV Timer for the UV lamp ON period.

1 U V S e t t i n g

3 U V T i me r 5 mi n ( 0 - 3 0 mi n )

U V L i f e 0 % ( 1 0 0 %= 1 0 0 0 h )

4 U V T i me r E x t + 0 %

5
U V 2 4 h Mo d e 0 ( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )

4. Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK, and press the ENTER Key. The parameter will
be saved.

- 143 - 36
x The UV timer can be set from 0 to 30 min. The default setting is for 5 min. When the UV timer is set to
zero, the UV lamp will not light.
x If the outer door is opened while the UV lamp is lit, the lamp will turn OFF. Then, when the door is
closed, the lamp will light for the preset period of time.
x If the UV lamp ON time is set for longer than 10 minutes or if only the outer door is repeated opened
and closed, condensation may occur in the chamber and may affect temperature distribution. It will also
shorten the service life of the UV lamp.
x When replacing the UV lamp, consult with a Sanyo representative or agent.

Note: To compensate for the drop in UV ray output along with increased accumulated ON time of UV
lamp, the Incubator automatically extends the UV lamp ON time according to the accumulated ON time.
The automatically extended time is displayed as a percentage under UV Timer Ext. in the UV Setting
Screen.

Lighting the UV lamp for 24 hours


If the chamber has been contaminated by dirt or by spilling the medium, use the following procedure to
decontaminate the chamber by lighting the UV lamp for 24 hours.

1. Remove all attachments from the chamber, including the trays, tray supports, side supports, fan cover,
duct, fan, humidifying pan, humidifying pan cover, N2 or O2 gas injection nozzle, and. Clean all the
attachments in an autoclave or with disinfectant alcohol.

2. Clean and wipe off inside the chamber with disinfectant alcohol.

3. Set the CO2 density to 0% and O2 density to 20%. Set the UV 24h Mode to 1 on the UV Setting Display.

1 U V S e t t i n g

3 U V T i me r 5 mi n ( 0 - 3 0 mi n )
U V L i f e 0 % ( 1 0 0 %= 1 0 0 0 h )

4 U V T i me r E x t + 0 %

5
U V 2 4 h Mo d e 1 ( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )

4. Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK, and press the ENTER Key. The parameter will
be saved.

・This procedure must be preformed only with the outer door closed and the UV lamp turned OFF.
・The UV lamp will light continuously for 24 hours after this parameter is set. The setting is canceled if the
outer door is opened. Perform the above procedure to set the 24-hours lighting mode again if you open
the door.
・Install the attachments after completion of the 24-hour lighting mode.

Note: Set the upper limit alarm temperature to at least 10oC higher than the chamber set temperature
when using the 24-hour lighting mode of UV lamp. The 24-hour lighting mode may cause an automatic
chamber temperature alarm because the temperature of the chamber will increase.

37 - 144 -
OTHER PARAMETERS
Setting the date, time, and log interval
1. Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select Tools and press the ENTER Key.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % O 2 5 . 0 %
M E N U

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0 S e t

L o g

T o o l s
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. Select Date Time from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK,
and press the ENTER Key.

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 1 / 2 )

T e mp / C O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n M E N U
A l a r m S e t t i n g
O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
S v c
U V S e t t i n g
C a n c e l
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

D a t e T i me

- 145 - 38
3. The Date Time Display will appear. Set the date, time and log interval.

1 D a t e T i me

3
D a t e 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 ( Y Y / MM / D D )

4 T i me 1 0 : 0 5 : 0 0 ( h h :m m :s s )

5
L o g I n t e r v a l 6 mi n ( 2 - 3 0 mi n )

・Entering the date


Example for October 1, 2010: Enter 101001 in the Date Field.

・Entering the time


Example for 10:05:00: Enter 100500 in the Time Field.

・Entering the log interval


Example for 6 minutes: Enter 6 in Log Interval Field.
Note:
Ŷ The default is 6 minutes.
Ŷ The log interval can be set to between 2 and 30 minutes.
Ŷ Relation between the log interval and the period that can be saved
1: Log interval of 2 minutes -- About 5 days
2: Log interval of 6 minutes -- About 14 days
3: Log interval of 30 minutes -- About 70 days
For the data beyond the above period, the older data is deleted to save the newer data.

39 - 146 -
Initial settings (LCD/DAQ parameters)
1. Select LCD/DAQ Setting from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu,
select OK, and press the ENTER Key.

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 1 / 2 )

T e mp / C O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n M E N U
A l a r m S e t t i n g
O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
S v c
U V S e t t i n g
C a n c e l
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

D a t e T i me

2. The LCD/DAQ Setting Display will appear. Set the initial setting for each parameter as necessary.

1 L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g

3 L C D B a c k C o l o r 1 ( 1 . B l u e 2 . Wh i t e )

D A Q S p e e d 0 ( 0 . 2 4 0 0 2 . 9 6 0 0 )

4 D A Q I D 0 ( 0 . O F F 1 - 2 5 0 )

5 D A Q Mo d e 0 ( 0 . L o c a l 1 . R e mo t e )

R e mo t e A l a r m 1 ( 0 . O F F 1 . A c t i v e )

・LCD Back Color: Setting of the background color (1: Blue, 2: White)

Note:
DAQ is an external monitoring system of the chamber status. It is necessary to set the DAQ speed, DAQ
ID, and DAQ mode to use the optional communications software. Communications software is an
optional accessory. Contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent for details.

- 147 - 40
DISPLAYING THE LOG
A log of the past chamber temperatures, CO2 densities and O2 densities can be displayed on a graph.

1. Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select Log and press the ENTER Key.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % O 2 5 . 0 %
M E N U

5 .
2

37.0 5.0 5.0


S e t
3 L o g
4 T o o l s
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

41 - 148 -
2. The log will be displayed with dots. Press the Up Cursor Key and Down Cursor Key to switch between
the temperature, CO2 density and O2 density displays. Press the Left Cursor Key and Right Cursor Key to
scroll the displayed data (Left Cursor Key: older data, Right Cursor Key: newer data).

Temperature

1 5 0 ° C 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 T e mp

4
5

6 0 1 2 2 4

Switched with Up and Down Cursor

CO2 density

1 2 0 % 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 C O 2

6 0 1 2 2 4

Switched with Up and Down Cursor

O2 density

1 9 0 % 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 O 2

6 0 1 2 2 4

- 149 - 42
Transferring data
Use the following procedure to transfer the log data to a PC.

1. To transfer the log data for one day, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select PC 1D, and
press the ENTER Key. To transfer all of the log data, select PC All and press the ENTER Key.

1 5 0 ° C 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 T e mp
M E N U
3
P C 1 D

P C A l l
4
C l e a r
5
C a n c e l

6 0 1 2 2 4

2. A Progress Display will appear. On a HyperTerminal on PC, specify a transfer, text capture, and the
name of the file to save. Use TXT or CSY as the file name extension. Press the MENU Key to display the
menu, select Start, and press the ENTER Key.
The transfer will be started. “Finished” will be displayed when the transfer has been completed. Select
Cancel from the menu after the transfer has been completed and press the ENTER Key.

1 P r o g r e s s
M E N U
3 S t a r t
S e n d l o g d a t a t o P C .
C a n c e l
4

5 L o g D a t a 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1

6 F i n i s h e d .

Setting in PC side for transmission of log data (For Windows 2000 and Windows XP)

1. From the Windows Start Button, select Program - Accessories - Communications -


HyperTerminal to start the HyperTerminal. (If the HyperTerminal is not available from the Start Menu,
execute the following file: C:¥Program Files¥Windows NT¥hypertrm.exe.)

2. In the HyperTerminal Window, set a new connection, the name (for example, Sanyo), connection
settings, method of connection, COM1, properties of COM1, and port.
Baud rate: 9,600, Data bits: 8, Parity: None, Stop bits: 1, Flow control: Xon/Xoff.
(The communications condition of the Incubator will be set automatically to the above settings when the
Progress Display appears.)

Note: An optional RS232C/RS485 Interface MTR-480 (RS-232C/RS-485) is required to transfer data.

43 - 150 -
WATER LEVEL SENSOR
This Incubator is equipped with a water level sensor for the humidifying pan. The sensor is set
automatically when the humidifying pan is installed. Take care not to damage the sensor when removing
or installing the humidifying pan.

When the humidifying pan is removed (side view)

Sensor
Pan

When the humidifying pan is installed (side view)

Sensor
Pan

Note: Make sure that the humidifying pan is all the way to the back and that the sensor comes down
when you install the humidifying pan.

Note:
• Lift the sensor before installing the humidifying pan if the sensor is in the lower position after
maintenance.
• When installing the humidifying pan, make sure that the pan is set properly and that sensor comes down
into the pan. “RH PAN” will be displayed in reverse video in the status display field on LCD panel if the
sensor does not come down completely. If necessary, set the pan again in the proper location.
• The sensor detects the water level every 30 minutes and just after the outer door is closed. It takes
several seconds to detect the water level. Therefore, “RH PAN” may displayed in reverse video several
times in the status display field on LCD panel after the outer door is closed even when the humidifying pan
is full.

CAUTION
Foreign particles on the water surface can adhere to the water level sensor and fittings by capillary action
because the sensor is always in the water. The adhered foreign particles degrade sensor performance
and “RH PAN” may displayed in reverse video in the status display field on LCD panel even though there
is sufficient water in the humidifying pan. Be sure to wipe OFF any dirt on the water level sensor with
disinfectant alcohol whenever you change the humidifying water. When cleaning the sensor, take care
not to apply excessive force to the lead wires.

- 151 - 44
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Cleaning the chamber and inner attachments
When using the Incubator for the first time or when performing H2O2 decontamination, refer to Removing
Chamber Attachments on the following page and remove and clean the inner attachments.

WARNING
Before performing any repairs or maintenance, turn OFF the power switch and unplug the Incubator.
Failure to do say may result in electric shock or injury.
Be careful not to inhale chemicals, vapors or aerosols when cleaning the Incubator. Doing so may
be harmful to health.

CAUTION
Wear rubber gloves when performing maintenance on the chamber. Failure to wear gloves may
result in cuts or abrasions from sharp edges or corners.

Note:
Be careful not to damage the humidifying pan water level sensor or the UV lamp in the chamber duct (if
the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or the optional MCO-19UVS is installed).
Do not use detergents or antiseptic solutions with acid, alkali, or chlorine. Doing so may cause
discoloration, corrosion, or rusting.

1. Close the valve of the CO2 and N2/O2 gas cylinder and turn off the power to the incubator.

2. Open the outer and inner doors and pull out the all trays. (See Fig. 1.)
Note: Open the inner door after closing all gastight split doors.

3. Lift the front of the tray supports and pull them out. (See Fig. 2.)

4. Lift the humidifying pan cover off from the pins on the rear side. (See Fig. 3.)

Humidifying pan cover

Tray support

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

45 - 152 -
5. Pull out the N2/O2 gas injection nozzle and N2/O2 gas injection nozzle tube. (See Fig. 4.)

6. Pull out the humidifying pan. (See Fig. 5.)

7. Loosen the two screws securing the fan cover and take off the fan cover. (See Fig. 6.)

Gas injection nozzle tube

Fan cover
Gas injection nozzle
Humidifying pan
Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6

8. Lift the duct and remove it from the pins on the rear side. (See Fig. 7.)
9. Remove the chamber circulation fan by pulling out the central spring and then by pulling out the fan.
(See Fig. 8.)

10. Remove the screw securing the clamp for the side support and remove the clamp. (See Fig. 9.)

11. Lift the tray brace off of the pins. (See Fig. 10.)

Fan

Duct

Fig. 7 Fig. 8

Clamp Side
support

Fig. 9 Fig. 10

- 153 - 46
12. Clean all the attachments with a diluted neutral detergent, and then rinse them thoroughly with
distilled water.

13. Wipe the trays, the inner attachments such as the chamber circulation fan, and the chamber sides
with sterilizing alcohol. Be careful not to leave any residual alcohol.

14. Wipe the water level sensor with sterilizing alcohol. Be careful not to leave any residual alcohol. When
cleaning the sensor, take care not to apply excessive force to the lead wires.

15. To reinstall all the attachments, perform the procedure in reverse order from step 14.

Note:
• When installing the fan, insert it securely on the motor shaft (See Fig.11). Lightly turn the fan manually
to make sure that it does not strike the rear panel. Improper insertion may cause poor performance.
• As shown in Fig. 12, set the tray with only the front edge bent down. If the tray is set in the wrong
direction, it may not be level and may become unstable.

Fan

② ①

Spring
Fig. 11 Bent down Fig. 12

47 - 154 -
Filling the humidifying pan
Use the following procedure to fill the humidifying pan or to replace the water.

1. Lift the humidifying pan cover. (See Fig. 1.)

2. Pull the humidifying pan forward. (See Fig. 2.)

3. Dispose of the remaining water in the pan and


clean the pan with a neutral dishwashing detergent.
Then rinse it thoroughly with distilled water and wipe
it with sterilizing alcohol.

4. Wipe all moisture from the bottom of the chamber.


Fig. 1

5. Return the pan to the chamber and add sterile


distilled water (approx. 1.5 L, preheated to 37qC).
(See Fig. 3.)

6. Set the pan with the inner side flush against the
back, and replace the cover. Close all gastight split
doors, inner door and outer door, and confirm that
RH PAN is not displayed in reverse video in the
status display area.

Fig. 2
Note:
• Preheat to 37qC the water to be added to the
humidifying pan. Adding low-temperature water will
lower the temperature and humidity in the chamber.
• If the water level alarm indication “RH PAN” is
displayed, use the above procedure to replenish the
water.

CAUTION
When refilling the water in the humidifying pan, Fig. 3
always wipe off any dirt from the water level
sensor with sterilizing alcohol. While doing that,
be careful not to apply excessive force to the
sensor lead wire.

- 155 - 48
H2O2 DECONTAMINATION
When the chamber has been contaminated, or when cleaning the chamber prior to starting a culture,
H2O2 decontamination can be performed using the H2O2 Generator.

z The following products must be purchased separately in order to perform H 2O2 decontamination. Before
performing H2O2 decontamination, check to make sure that these are correctly installed.
x UV Lamp Expansion Kit (MCO-19UVS) (Not required for the MCO-19M(UV).)
x H2O2 Decontamination Kit (MCO-HL)
x H2O2 Generator (MCO-HP)

z The H2O2 decontamination function decontaminates the chamber and the inner attachments. Do not
place any objects other than the specified attachments in the chamber during decontamination.

z Before performing H2O2 decontamination, clean the chamber and the inner attachments with sterilizing
alcohol.

z The chamber temperature during H2O2 decontamination reaches 45qC. Before performing H2O2
decontamination, set the upper limit temperature alarm to 50qC or higher.

z For the H2O2 reagent, use one bottle of the H2O2 Decontamination Reagent specified by Sanyo
(MCO-H202).

z After decontamination, dilute the residual H2O2 Decontamination Reagent in the H2O2 Generator with a
large quantity of water and dispose of it, and rinse with distilled water. (Do not wash either the inside or
outside of the H2O2 Generator with alcohol.)

WARNING
Use the reagent specified by Sanyo for H2O2 decontamination. Using a different H2O2 solution may
cause explosion or damage to the Incubator, or insufficient decontamination.
Do not use chemicals other than the H2O2 reagent, such as alcohol. Doing so may result in damage
to the H2O2 Generator.

WARNING
When performing H2O2 decontamination, make sure that gastight split doors, inner door and outer
door are securely closed. During H2O2 decontamination, plug the access hole with the silicon cap that is
provided. Failure to do so may be harmful to health due to leakage of H 2O2 gas.

CAUTION
H2O2 decontamination can be performed only for the chamber and chamber attachments with standard
specifications, and not for any other objects.

49 - 156 -
CAUTION
Perform H2O2 decontamination with the chamber attachments arranged as specified by Sanyo.
Arranging them in a different way may result in insufficient decontamination.

CAUTION
Wear rubber gloves when handling the H2O2 reagent. Direct contact with the H2O2 reagent may result
in inflammation of the skin.

CAUTION
After H2O2 decontamination has been completed, residual H2O2 solution will remain on the bottom of the
chamber, the H2O2 Generator, and the bottom of the duct. Wearing protective glasses and rubber
gloves, wipe it off with a non-woven cloth. Failure to do so may result in a deficient culture.

- 157 - 50
H2O2 decontamination
Use the following procedure to perform H2O2 decontamination using the H2O2 Generator (MCO-HP).

1. Take out all trays, tray supports, side supports, the humidifying pan cover, the N2 or O2 gas injection
nozzle, the N2 or O2 gas injection nozzle tube, the humidifying pan, the fan cover, and the duct from the
chamber. Dispose of the water in the humidifying pan, wipe the inside walls of the chamber with a gauze
containing water or alcohol for sterilization.

2. Attach the duct and side supports, and set the tray supports in the 2nd, 5th, 9th holes from the top of
the side supports. Then set the trays.

3. Pour one bottle of H2O2 Decontamination Reagent (MCO-H2O2) into the H2O2 Generator. Set the two
pins on the H2O2 Generator in the 2 holes on the lower left side of the duct (Fig. 1).

4. Connect the H2O2 Generator and connector on the bottom right of the far side of the chamber with the
enclosed cable. Be sure to keep the connector cap (Fig. 1).

5. Set the humidifying pan cover, humidifying pan, fan cover, the N2 or O2 gas injection nozzle and the N2
or O2 gas injection nozzle tube as shown in Fig. 2, and close the inner door and outer door .
Note: The trays included as accessory are designed to be appropriate for decontamination. If Half Trays
(MCO-25ST, optional) or Trays for previous models are used, decontamination may not be sufficiently
effective.

Front
Front

UV lamp

Connector

H2O2 Generator Ultrasound oscillator Fig. 1

Front
Humidifying
pan cover

Fan cover

N2 or O2 gas
injection nozzle
N2 or O2 gas
injection nozzle tube

Humidifying pan
H2O2
Generator
Fig. 2

51 - 158 -
6. Press the H2O2 Key for 3 seconds. The system check will start.

1 H 2 O 2 D e c o n t a mi n a t i o n

4 H 2 O 2 D e c o n S y s t e m C h e c k ・・・・・

7. If the system is normal, the following display will appear. (If the system is not normal, refer to Table 2
on page 57.) Select OK and press the ENTER Key to start H2O2 decontamination. Decontamination will
be performed automatically to step 10. The buzzer will sound when decontamination has been completed
(It takes about 1 hour 40 minutes after warming-up).
Note: The outer door will be locked with an electric lock for safety until the decontamination has been
completed.

1 H 2 O 2 D e c o n t a mi n a t i o n
M E N U
3 O K

C a n c e l
4 R e a d y t o S t a r t ?

8. During the H2O2 mist generation, “H2O2 Decon” will flash at the top left corner of the screen.
Note: H2O2 mist generates from the H2O2 Generator and then quickly changes to a gas.

1 H 2 O 2 D e c o n U V R e s o l v e S t e p : 4

7min 90min
2

5 T e mp : 4 5 . 0 ℃

6 D o o r : L o c k e d

- 159 - 52
9. After completion of H2O2 mist generation, “UV Resolve” will flash at the top of the screen, and H2O2 gas
resolution by UV light will start.

1 H 2 O 2 D e c o n U V R e s o l v e S t e p : 7

0min 89min
2

3
4

5 T e mp : 4 5 . 0 ℃

6 D o o r : L o c k e d

10. After H2O2 gas resolution, H2O2 decontamination has been completed. The following display will
appear. Open the outer door and disconnect the cable of H2O2 Generator from the connector in the
chamber. Then take out the H2O2 Generator.
Note: Always put on protection glasses and rubber gloves when performing decontamination.

1 H 2 O 2 D e c o n t a mi n a t i o n S t e p : 8

3 D e co n F i n i s h e d .

5 T e mp : 4 5 . 0 ℃

6 P l e a s e R e mo v e H 2 O 2 U n i t D o o r : U n l o c k

11. The following display will appear. Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK, and press the
ENTER Key to return to the Top Display.

1 H 2 O 2 D e c o n t a mi n a t i o n S t e p : 8

3 D e co n F i n i s h e d .

5 T e mp : 4 5 . 0 ℃

6 P U S H ME N U O K D o o r : U n l o c k

53 - 160 -
12. Dilute the remaining H2O2 reagent in the H2O2 Generator with a large volume of water and dispose of
it. Rinse and wash the H2O2 Generator with distilled water. Then keep the H2O2 Generator in a clean
environment outside of the chamber.
Note: After H2O2 decontamination, cover the connector on the chamber side with the connector cap.

13. After H2O2 decontamination, surplus H2O2 liquid will remain at the bottom of the chamber and in the
bottom part of the H2O2 Generator duct. This solution contains H2O2 at a low concentration (about 1% or
less), so put on protective glasses and rubber gloves and wipe it up with a non-woven cloth.

14. Ventilate the chamber sufficiently and place all the attachments back into the chamber.
Note: Be sure to attach the connector cap.

CAUTION
The electric lock will remained locked if power fails during H2O2 decontamination. After the power comes
back ON, the H2O2 gas resolution process will start execution and finish automatically. Execute the
decontamination again because the decontamination will be incomplete.

WARNING
Never open the door by unlocking it with the unlock key during H2O2 decontamination or H2O2 gas
resolution with the UV lamp. H2O2 gas leakage is potentially harmful to health.

Precautions when handling H2O2 decontamination reagent

Observe the following precautions when handling the H2O2 Decontamination Reagent (MCO-H2O2).

z Handling Precautions
x Wear protective equipment, such as protective glasses and rubber gloves.
x Do not use fire in the area where the reagent is being handled.
x Do not leave any reagent in the container after it has been used or while it is being used.
x Do not place inflammable or combustible materials near the area where the reagent is handled.

z Precautions for Storage


x Always close the container cover securely to prevent impurities from becoming mixed in the reagent.
x Check the container to make sure that there is no damage, corrosion, or cracking.
x Store the container with the inlet facing upwards, and make sure that the container will not tip or be
knocked over.
x If possible, store the reagent in a location where water is available and where the floor can be easily
washed.

z Precautions for Disposal


x Dispose according to the rule in your country.

- 161 - 54
ALARMS, SAFETY, AND SELF-DIAGNOSIS
The Incubator supports the following alarms, safety functions, and self-diagnostic functions.

Table 1: Alarms and Safety Functions for Culture Operations


Alarm or safety
Conditions Display Buzzer Safety operation
function
Upper limit Heater OFF
The chamber temperature exceeds the
temperature upper limit alarm temperature set value.
OVERHEAT indicator lights. Continuous tone Remote alarm
alarm operates
Warning :High Temp or Intermittent tone
Automatic set The chamber temperature is out of the Remote alarm
Warning :Low Temp after set alarm delay
temperature automatic set temperature alarm setting operates after delay
o is displayed in the message display time (0 to 15 min)
alarm range (±1.0 to ±5.0 C).
field. has elapsed
of 0 to 15 min.
Automatic set Intermittent tone
The chamber CO2 concentration is out Warning :High CO2 Density or Remote alarm
CO2 of the automatic set CO2 concentration Warning :Low CO2 Density is displayed
after set alarm delay
operates after delay
concentration alarm setting range (±0.5% to ±5.0%). in the message display field.
time (0 to 15 min)
of 0 to 15 min.
alarm has elapsed
Automatic set Intermittent tone
The chamber O2 concentration is out of Warning :High O2 Density or Remote alarm
O2 the automatic set CO2 concentration Warning :Low O2 Density is displayed
after set alarm delay
operates after delay
concentration alarm setting range (±0.5% to ±5.0%). in the message display field.
time (0 to 30 min)
of 0 to 30 min.
alarm has elapsed
There are no key operations for approx. The setting mode is
Auto-return 90 s in a setting mode.
Top screen is displayed. -----
canceled.
Key Lock is displayed on the standby Setting changes are
Key lock The key lock is ON.
operation setting screen.
-----
prohibited.
The CO2 valve is
Intermittent tone closed.
Door:Open is displayed in the after set alarm delay The N2/O2 valve is
Door alarm The outer door is open.
message display field. time (1 to 30 min) closed.
has elapsed The heater turns
OFF after 1 min.
The CO2 concentration does not
CO2 gas increase when the CO2 valve is
Err01: CO2 Gas Empty is displayed in
Intermittent tone
Remote alarm
cylinder empty opened.
the message display field. operates.

N2 (or O2) gas The O2 concentration does not increase Err02: N2/O2 Gas Empty is displayed Remote alarm
Intermittent tone
cylinder empty when the N2/O2 valve is opened. in the message display field. operates.

Err01: CO2 Gas Empty is displayed in The CO2 gas supply


The CO2 gas supply is switched
CO2 line automatically to the reserve cylinder
the message display field. is switched.

changeover (only when the MCO-21GC is installed).
The text flashes for the empty CO2 gas Remote alarm
supply line. operates.
Err02: N2/O2 Gas Empty is displayed The N2/O2 gas
N2 (or O2) line The N2/O2 gas supply is switched in the message display field. supply is switched.

changeover automatically to the reserve cylinder. The text flashes for the empty N2/O2 Remote alarm
gas supply line. operates.
Connection The CO2 valve is
The CO2 concentration keeps
mistake of increasing when the CO2 valve is
Err03: CO2 Gas Connect Abnormal is

closed.
CO2 line and closed.
displayed in the message display field. The N2/O2 valve is
N2 (or O2) line closed.
Selection The CO2 valve is
The O2 concentration keeps keep
Mistake of changing into the opposite direction
Err04: N2/O2 Gas Connect Abnormal is

closed.
N2 gas and when the N2/O2 valve is opened.
displayed in the message display field. The N2/O2 valve is
O2 gas. closed.
The heater turns
Err05:Temp Sensor Open
The chamber temperature sensor is OFF.
is displayed in the message display 〃
disconnected. Remote alarm
Chamber field.
operates.
temperature
The heater turns
sensor error Err06:Temp Sensor Short
The chamber temperature sensor is OFF.
is displayed in the message display 〃
short-circuited. Remote alarm
field.
operates.
Err07: CO2S Box Temp Sensor Open CO2 valve is closed.
The sensor box temperature sensor is
is displayed in the message display 〃 Remote alarm
Sensor box disconnected.
field. operates.
temperature
CO2 valve is closed.
sensor error The sensor box temperature sensor is Err08:CO2S Box Temp Sensor Short is
〃 Remote alarm
short-circuited. displayed in the message display field.
operates.
The ambient temperature sensor is Err09: AT Sensor Open is displayed in Remote alarm
Ambient 〃
disconnected. the message display field. operates.
temperature
sensor error The ambient temperature sensor is Err10: AT Sensor Short is displayed in Remote alarm

short-circuited. the message display field. operates.
Err11: CO2 Sensor Vref Abnormal or CO2 valve is closed.
CO2 sensor The Vref or Vgas output voltage for the
Err12: CO2 Sensor Vgas Abnormal is Remote alarm

error CO2 sensor is abnormal.
displayed in the message display field. operates.

55 - 162 -
Alarm or safety
Conditions Display Buzzer Safety operation
function
N2/O2 valve is
The measured voltage Err19: O2 Sensor Abnormal is closed.
O2 sensor error for the O2 sensor is abnormal. displayed in the message display field.
Intermittent tone
Remote alarm
operates
Main heater burnout occurs or the main
Main heater heater SSR is short-circuited when the
Err13: Main Heater Abnormal is

Remote alarm
error upper limit temperature alarm operates.
displayed in the message display field. operates.
Err14: Humidity Heater Abnormal
Bottom heater Bottom heater burnout occurs or the is displayed in the message display 〃
Remote alarm
error bottom heater SSR is short-circuited.
field.
operates.
Door heater Door heater burnout occurs or the door Err15: Door Heater Abnormal is

Remote alarm
error heater SSR is short-circuited. displayed in the message display field. operates.
Sensor box heater burnout occurs
Sensor box or the sensor box heater SSR is
Err16: CO2S Box Heater Abnormal is

Remote alarm
heater error short-circuited.
displayed in the message display field. operates.
Heater SSR Main, bottom, door, or sensor box Err17: Heater SSR Open is displayed

Remote alarm
burnout heater SSR burnout occurs. in the message display field. operates.
Low humidifying The water in the humidifying pan RH PAN flashes in reverse video in the
----- -----
water drops to approx. 600 ml. status display field.
The UV lamp burns out (only for the
Err18: UV Lamp Abnormal is displayed Remote alarm
UV lamp failure MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when the in the message display field. Intermittent tone
operates.
optional MCO-19UVS is installed).
The accumulated ON time reaches
New UV lamp approx. 1,000 hours (only for the Warning :UV Life is displayed in the
----- -----
recommended MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when the message display field.
optional MCO-19UVS is installed).
The buzzer can be stopped by pressing the BUZZER Key, but remote alarms will not stop. In addition, a
buzzer that sounds because of the upper limit temperature alarm cannot be stopped by pressing the
BUZZER Key.
Err01 recovery is achieved automatically by correctly connecting the gas and pressing the BUZZER Key
to stop the buzzer. In addition, when the MCO-21GC is installed and the gas supply is switched to the
reserve gas cylinder, press the BUZZER Key and replace the gas cylinder.
Err02 recovery is achieved automatically by correctly connecting the gas and pressing the BUZZER Key
to stop the buzzer. In addition, when the gas supply is switched to the reserve gas cylinder, press the
BUZZER Key and replace the gas cylinder.
For Err03, confirm whether a CO2 gas cylinder is correctly connected to a connecting port A/B for CO2
gas pipe. Refer to page 16
For Err04, confirm whether a N2 (or O2) gas cylinder is correctly connected to a connecting port A/B for
N2/O2 gas pipe. Refer to page 17
If an error from Err05 to Err19 occurs (except for the upper limit temperature alarm in Err13 to Err16),
then consult a Sanyo sales representative or agent.

- 163 - 56
Table 2: Alarm and Safety Functions for H2O2 Decontamination
Alarm and safety
Condition Display Buzzer Safety operation
function
H2O2 Decon System Error is displayed
The H2O2 Generator is not in the screen center. Decontamination mode is
-----
connected. Err31:H2O2 Unit No Connect is cancelled.
displayed in the message display field.
H2O2 Decon System Error is displayed
System check error There is no H2O2 solution or in the screen center. Decontamination mode is
at start of H2O2 the H2O2 level sensor has -----
Err32: H2O2 Level is Low is displayed in cancelled.
decontamination failed (or is disconnected).
the message display field.
H2O2 Decon System Error displayed in
the screen center. Decontamination mode is
A door is not closed. -----
Err33: Door is Open is displayed in the cancelled.
message display field.
Intermittent Moves to UV analysis.
The volume of H2O2 generated Err34:H2O2 Volume is displayed in the
tone with Remote alarm operates with 15
is abnormal. message display field.
15min delay min delay.
Failure during H2O2 After power is restored, Err35: Power
Electrically locked during power
decontamination Failed is displayed in the screen
Power was interrupted during Intermittent interruption. After power is
message display field.
H2O2 decontamination. tone restored, moves to UV analysis.
After completion, Decon Failed is
Remote alarm operates.
displayed in the screen center.
The UV lamp failed during Err36: UV Lamp Failure is displayed in Intermittent UV analysis time is extended.
H2O2 gas analysis by UV. the message display field. tone Remote alarm operates.
Failure during H2O2 Electrically locked during power
gas analysis by UV Power was interrupted during After power is restored, Err37: Power
interruption. After power is
Failed is displayed in the message -----
H2O2 gas analysis by UV. restored, UV analysis is
display field.
repeated.

Table 3: Alarm and Safety Functions for automatic CO2 and O2 density calibration
Alarm and safety
Condition Display Buzzer Safety operation
function
System check error The gas pressure for the Std Gas Calib Error is displayed in the
at start/operating of standard gas calibration CO2 screen center. Intermittent
The standard gas calibration
automatic CO2 and gas line is less than the Err41: CO2 Std Gas Empty is displayed tone
mode is cancelled.
O2 density specified pressure. in the message display field.
Remote alarm operates.
calibration

Note:
For models with electric locking, an unlock key is provided in order to unlock the door during a power
interruption or in case the electric lock fails. Always store this key in a safe place. It is recommended that
you make a note of the key symbol and number in case the key is lost.

WARNING
Do not use the unlock key to unlock the door during H2O2 decontamination or during H2O2 gas
analysis by UV. Doing so may cause harm to health from H2O2 gas leakage.

57 - 164 -
CALIBRATION
Temperature/CO2/O2 calibration
1. Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select Tools, and press the ENTER
Key.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % O 2 5 . 0 %
M E N U

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0 S e t

L o g

T o o l s
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. Select Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the
menu, select OK, and press the ENTER Key.

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 1 / 2 )

T e mp / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n M E N U

A l a r m S e t t i n g O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g S v c
U V S e t t i n g C a n c e l
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g

D a t e T i me

3. The Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration Display will appear.

Example
Enter the value shown below if the displayed chamber temperature is 37.0oC but the actual temperature
is 36.5oC.
ƔTemperature span: Enter 365.

1 T e mp / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n

3 P V V o l t
o o
T e mp S p a n 3 6 . 5 C 3 7 . 0 C 0 . 5 ° C

4 C O 2 Z e r o 3 . 9 1 V 5 0 0

5 C O 2 S p a n 0 . 0 % 5 . 0 % 3 . 1 6 V 7 0 0

O 2 Z e r o 5 0 0

6 O 2 S p a n 0 . 0 % 5 . 0 % 5 8 mV 5 0 0

- 165 - 58
Example
Enter the value shown below if the displayed chamber CO2 density is 5.0% but the actual CO2 density is
4.5%.
ƔCO2 density span: Enter 045.

1 T e mp / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n

3 P V V o l t
o o
T e mp S p a n 0 . 0 C 3 7 . 0 C 0 . 5 ° C

4 C O 2 Z e r o 3 . 9 1 V 5 0 0

5 C O 2 S p a n 4 . 5 % 5 . 0 % 3 . 1 6 V 7 0 0

O 2 Z e r o 5 0 0

6 O 2 S p a n 0 . 0 % 5 . 0 % 5 8 mV 5 0 0

Example
Enter the value shown below if the displayed chamber O2 density is 5.0% but the actual O2 density is
5.5%.
ƔO2 density span: Enter 055.

1 T e mp / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n

3 P V V o l t
o o
T e mp S p a n 0 . 0 C 3 7 . 0 C 0 . 5 ° C

4 C O 2 Z e r o 3 . 9 1 V 5 0 0

5 C O 2 S p a n 0 . 0 % 5 . 0 % 3 . 1 6 V 7 0 0

O 2 Z e r o 5 0 0

6 O 2 S p a n 5 . 5 % 5 . 0 % 5 8 mV 5 0 0

4. Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK, and press the ENTER Key.

5. After the Select Tools Display is displayed, press MENU Key to display the menu, select Cancel, and
press the ENTER Key to return to the Top Display.

Note:
It is important to accurately measure the temperature inside the Incubator when calibrating the
temperature. Particularly, the temperature gauge used must have an accuracy of JIS 0.5 Class or better.
The temperature must be measured at several points.
The temperature setting can not change by more than ±1.0oC during calibration. If these values are
exceeded, an error buzzer will sound, the input data will be ignored, and the Incubator will return to the
display mode. If it is necessary to change the temperature by more than 1.0oC, perform calibration in
several stages over a period of time.

59 - 166 -
TROUBLESHOOTING
If the Incubator does not seem to be working properly, check the following items before calling for service.

Symptom Items to check and countermeasures


The Incubator does not x Is the Incubator plugged in?
operate at all. x Is there a power outage, or has a circuit breaker interrupted the
power?
The key is not working. x Is the key lock function turned OFF?

An alarm has occurred. When starting operation:


x Does the chamber temperature match the set value?
x Does the CO2/O2 gas concentration in the chamber match the set
value?
(1) Is the secondary pressure for the CO2 gas pressure regulator at the
2
specified value of 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm G. 4.3 psiG)?
(2) Is the secondary pressure for the N2/O2 gas pressure regulator at the
2
specified value of 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm G, 7.1 psiG)?
(3) Is the gas tube properly connected?

During operation:
x Is the upper limit alarm temperature set at least 1qC higher than the
chamber set temperature?
x Has the temperature setting been changed? Has the door been left
open for a long time? Has a low-temperature object been placed in the
chamber? If any of these is the case, the alarm will be automatically
cleared if you wait.
x Has the gas tube come loose, or is there a gas leak?
x Has the CO2 /O2 gas concentration setting been changed?
x Is the gas cylinder empty? Check the primary pressure of the gas
cylinder once a week. (When the primary pressure is 3.8 MPa (38
2
kgf/cm G) or lower, it is a sign that there is little gas remaining.
Replace the cylinder soon.)
The chamber temperature x Is the ambient temperature less than 5qC different from the set value
does not match the set value. for the chamber temperature?
x Is the outer door closed with the gastight split doors or inner door left
open?
The gas concentration does x Is the secondary pressure for the CO2 gas pressure regulator at the
2
not match the set value. specified value of 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm G, 4.3 psiG)?
x Is the secondary pressure for the N2/O2 gas pressure regulator at the
2
specified value of 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm G, 7.1 psiG)?
x Is the gas tube blocked?
The chamber temperature x Is there enough water in the humidifying pan? (Be sure to use sterile
does not rise. distilled water.)

- 167 - 60
Symptom Items to check and countermeasures
A large quantity of gas is being x Are the doors being frequently opened and closed?
consumed. x Check whether gas is leaking from connectors due to deterioration
of the gas tube, or whether there may be any pinhole leaks. The
gas tube is a replaceable part, and it is recommended that it be
replaced once a year.
x Is the packing seal for gastight split doors and inner door
defective?
x Is the access hole open?
Normal cultures are not possible, x Is the ambient air environment around the Incubator normal? Is
and the gas concentration is there a source of polluted gas in the vicinity?
suspect.

The gas concentration is slow to x A HEPA filter is used for the Incubator gas piping. If gas
recover. concentration is slow to recover when the CO2 gas concentration is
normal, it is possible that the HEPA filter may be clogged. Consult a
Sanyo representative or agent.
x Is there little gas remaining in the gas cylinder?
x Is the secondary pressure for the CO2 gas pressure regulator at the
2
specified value of 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm G, 4.3 psiG)?
x Is the secondary pressure for the N2/CO2 gas pressure regulator at
2
the specified value of 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm G, 7.1 psiG)?
x Is the gas tube blocked?
The gas is not being injected. x The control method for the Incubator is the ON-OFF method. Gas
is intermittently injected as the gas concentration in the chamber
approaches the set value. Injections may be stopped for periods of
approximately 60 seconds, but that is not an error.
The outer door does not open. MCO-19M(UVH), or when the optional MCO-HL is installed:
x When the power is OFF, the electric lock is locked and the outer
door does not open. Either turn ON the power or use the accessory
unlock key to override the electric lock.
x During decontamination the outer door is electrically locked and
does not open.
H2O2 decontamination cannot be x If the MCO-19M(UV)/19M is being used, is the optional MCO-HL
performed. installed?
x If the MCO-19M is being used, are the optional MCO-HL and
MCO-19UVS installed?
x Is the UV lamp burned out? If the UV lamp is burned out, H2O2
decontamination will not be possible.
x Is the H2O2 Generator cable properly connected?
x Has the entire bottle of H2O2 Decontamination Reagent been used?
x Has the upper limit temperature alarm been set to 50qC or higher?

Note: If the problem still has not been solved after trying the above checks and countermeasures, or for
any problems not covered here, contact a Sanyo representative or agent.

61 - 168 -
DISPOSING OF THE MULTI-GAS INCUBATOR
When disposing of the multi-gas incubator, contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent.

WARNING
The incubator must be dismantled and disposed of by qualified personnel only. If the incubator is
left where outsiders enter, it may result unexpected accident (for example, children to become locked
inside).

Before disposing a multi-gas incubator with biohazardous danger, decontaminate the multi-gas incubator
to the extent possible by the user.

- 169 - 62
Note:
This symbol mark and recycle system apply only to EU countries. They
do not applied to the countries in other areas of the world.

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive 2002/96/EC

(English)
This SANYO product is designed and manufactured with high-quality materials and components that can
be recycled and reused.

This symbol means that the electrical and electronic equipment, at their end-of-life, should be disposed of
separately from household wastes.

Dispose of this product at your local community waste collection/recycling center.

In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used electrical and electronic products.

Please help us to conserve the environment we live in.

(German)
Ihr SANYO Produkt wurde entworfen und hergestellt mit qualitativ hochwertigen Materialien und
Komponenten, die recycelt und wiederverwendet werden können.

Dieses Symbol bedeutet, daß elektrische und elektronische Geräte am Ende ihrer Nutzungsdauer von
Hausmüll getrennt entsorgt werden sollen.

Bitte entsorgen Sie dieses Gerät bei Ihrer örtlichen kommunalen Sammelstelle oder im Recycling Centre.

In der Europäischen Union gibt es unterschiedliche Sammelsysteme für Elektrik- und Elektronikgeräte.

Helfen Sie uns bitte, die Umwelt zu erhalten, in der wir leben!

63 - 170 -
(French)
Votre produit Sanyo est conçu et fabriqué avec des matèriels et des composants de qualité supérieure qui
peuvent être recyclés et réutilisés.

Ce symbole signifie que les équipements électriques et électroniques en fin de vie doivent être éliminés
séparément des ordures ménagères.

Nous vous prions donc de confier cet équipement à votre centre local de collecte/recyclage.
Dans l’Union Européenne, il existe des systèmes sélectifs de collecte pour les produits électriques et
électroniques usagés.

Aidez-nous à conserver l’environnement dans lequel nous vivons !

Les machines ou appareils électriques et électroniques contiennent fréquemment des matières qui, si elles
sont traitées ou éliminées de manière inappropriée, peuvent s’avérer potentiellement dangereuses pour la
santé humaine et pour l’environnement.
Cependant, ces matières sont nécessaires au bon fonctionnement de votre appareil ou de votre machine.
Pour cette raison, il vous est demandé de ne pas vous débarrasser de votre appareil ou machine usagé
avec vos ordures ménagères.

(Spanish)
Los productos SANYO están diseñados y fabricados con materiales y componentes de alta calidad, que
pueden ser reciclados y reutilizados.

Este símbolo significa que el equipo eléctrico y electrónico, al final de su ciclo de vida, no se debe
desechar con el resto de residuos domésticos.

Por favor, deposite su viejo “televisor” en el punto de recogida de residuos o contacte con su
administración local.

En la Unión Europea existen sistemas de recogida específicos para residuos de aparatos eléctricos y
electrónicos.

Por favor, ayúdenos a conservar el medio ambiente!

- 171 - 64
(Portuguese)
O seu produto SANYO foi concebido e produzido com materiais e componentes de alta qualidade que
podem ser reciclados e reutilizados.

Este símbolo significa que o equipamento eléctrico e electrónico no final da sua vida útil deverá ser
descartado separadamente do seu lixo doméstico.

Por favor, entregue este equipamento no seu ponto local de recolha/reciclagem.

Na União Europeia existem sistemas de recolha separados para produtos eléctricos e electrónicos
usados.

Por favor, ajude-nos a conservar o ambiente em que vivemos!

(Italian)
Il vostro prodotto SANYO è stato costruito da materiali e componenti di alta qualità, che sono riutilizzabili o
riciclabili.

Prodotti elettrici ed elettronici portando questo simbolo alla fine dell’uso devono essere smaltiti
separatamente dai rifiuti casalinghi.

Vi preghiamo di smaltire questo apparecchio al deposito comunale.


Nell’Unione Europea esistono sistemi di raccolta differenziata per prodotti elettrici ed elettronici.

Aiutateci a conservare l’ambiente in cui viviamo!

65 - 172 -
(Dutch)
Sanyo producten zijn ontwikkeld en gefabriceerd uit eerste kwaliteit materialen, de onderdelen kunnen
worden gerecycled en weer worden gebruikt.

Het symbool betekent dat de elektrische en elektronische onderdelen wanneer deze vernietigd gaan
worden , dit separaat gebeurt van het normale huisafval.

Zorg ervoor dat het verwijderen van de apparatuur bij de lokaal erkende instanties gaat gebeuren.
In de Europese Unie wordt de gebruikte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur bij de daarvoor wettelijke
instanties aangeboden.

Alstublieft help allen mee om het milieu te beschermen.

(Swedish)
Din SANYO produkt är designad och tillverkad av material och komponenter med hög kvalitet som kan
återvinnas och återanvändas.

Denna symbol betyder att elektriska och elektroniska produkter, efter slutanvändande, skall sorteras och
lämnas separat från Ditt hushållsavfall.

Vänligen, lämna denna produkt hos Din lokala mottagningstation för avfall/återvinningsstation.

Inom den Europeiska Unionen finns det separata återvinningssystem för begagnade elektriska och
elektroniska produkter.

Vänligen, hjälp oss att bevara miljön vi lever i!

- 173 - 66
AUTOMATIC CO2 CYLINDER CHANGEOVER
An automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system (MCO-21GC) is available as an optional accessory. This
system switches the gas supply lines when one CO2 gas cylinder becomes empty.
Note: The installation of the MCO-21GC must be performed only by qualified service personnel.

Install the MCO-21GC and then perform the following procedure

1. Connect 2 gas tubes to connecting ports A/B for CO2 gas pipe. Connecting ports for CO2 gas pipes are
located on the left back of the Incubator. (Refer to page 9).
Note: Only port A can be used when the MCO-21GC is not installed. There will be 2 ports, ports A and B,
after the MCO-21GC is installed.

2. Connect a CO2 gas cylinder equipped with a gas pressure regulator to each gas tube. Refer to page 16
for information on connecting the gas cylinders. (“Gas cylinder A” is the CO2 gas cylinder connected to
the connecting port A for CO2 gas pipe, and “gas cylinder B” is the CO2 gas cylinder connected to the
connecting port B for N2/O2 gas pipe.)

3. Open the valves of both gas cylinders.

4. The current CO2 gas supply line is displayed on the Top Display.
(“A” and “B” will be displayed only when the MCO-21GC is installed. Nothing will be displayed if
MCO-21GC is not installed.)

Current CO2 gas supply line

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 % A B

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

5. The MCO-21GC detects that there is no more CO2 gas in a cylinder when the CO2 density in the
chamber does not increase for a while even after opening the CO2 gas valve in the Incubator. It switches
the gas supply line when it detects that there is no more gas. At that time, the following indications of
switching the gas cylinder are provided.

Message display field Display of gas supply


The character for gas supply line
When CO2 gas supply line switches that is empty blinks.
Err01: CO2 Gas Empty is
automatically (Only when MCO-21GC The gas supply line that is
displayed.
is installed) currently being used is displayed
in reverse video.
●To silence the buzzer, press the BUZZER Key. The alarm condition is cleared and normal operation
continues.
67 - 174 -
6. When gas cylinder A is switched to B, remove gas cylinder A and replace it with new one.
Note: Be careful when handling the empty CO2 gas cylinder. Some gas may still be left in the cylinder.

ƔWhen gas cylinder B becomes empty, the line is switched to gas cylinder A again.

The MCO-21GC detects that there is no more CO2 gas in a cylinder when the CO2 density in the chamber
does not increase for a while even after opening the CO2 gas valve in the Incubator. The supply line may
also be switched for other reasons even though there is gas left in the cylinder: blocking or restricting of
gas tube, reduction of CO2 gas pressure, or improper opening of CO2 gas cylinder. Always check the gas
quantity in the cylinder before disconnecting it.

Ɣ Use the following procedure to manual switch the line between CO2 cylinders A and B (only when
MCO-21GC is installed). This procedure shows switching the line from CO2 cylinder B to A as an
example.

1. From the Top Display, press the Left Cursor Key for 3 seconds.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 % A B

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. The CO2 gas supply line will be switched from cylinder B to A

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 % A B

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

(When the line needs to be switched from cylinder A to B, press the Right Cursor Key for 3 seconds.)

- 175 - 68
AUTOMATIC CO2 AND O2 DENSITY CALIBRATION
To calibrate the CO2 and O2 density, a Semi-automatic one point Gas Calibration Kit (MCO-SG) is available.
By connecting a standard gas cylinder that has a density that is the same as the set CO2 and O2 density
(usually 5% CO2 and 5% O2), the CO2 sensor and O2 sensor can be calibrated to maintain the accuracy of
the CO2 and O2 density display as necessary.

Ɣ Setting connected standard gas density


1. Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select Tools, and press the ENTER
Key.

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % O 2 5 . 0 %
M E N U

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0 S e t

L o g

T o o l s
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

2. Press the Down Cursor Key from the Select Tools (1/2) Display to display the Select Tools (2/2) Display,
and then select Standard Gas Setting, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select OK, and press
the ENTER Key.

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 1 / 2 )

T e mp / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n M E N U
A l a r m S e t t i n g
O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
S v c
U V S e t t i n g
C a n c e l
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
D a t e T i me

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 2 / 2 )

S t a n d a r d G a s S e t t i n g M E N U
S t a n d a r d G a s C a l i b r a t i o n
O K

S v c

C a n c e l

69 - 176 -
3. Input the CO2 and O2 density of standard gas to be used, press the MENU Key to display the menu,
select OK, and press the ENTER Key.

1 S t a n d a r d G a s S e t t i n g
M E N U
3 O K
S t d G a s C O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 %( 4 . 0 % - 2 1 . 0 %)
C a n c e l
4 ( N o C a l i b r a t i o n : 0 . 0 % )

5 S t d G a s O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 %( 0 . 5 %- 1 8 . 0 %)

( 2 2 . 0 %- 8 1 . 0 %)

6 ( N o C a l i b r a t i o n : 1 8 . 1 %- 2 1 . 9 %)

Ex. Standard gas density input


Standard gas density Input value of Input value of
(For example) CO2 density O2 density
Calibrate both of CO2 and O2 density CO2:5% / O2:5% 050 050
Calibrate only CO2 density CO2:5% / O2:20% 050 200
Calibrate only O2 density CO2:0% / O2:5% 000 050

Ɣ Calibration method for CO2 and O2 gas density


1. Select Standard Gas Calibration from the Select Tools (2/2) Display, press the MENU Key to display
the menu, select OK, and press the ENTER Key.

S e l e c t T o o l s ( 2 / 2 )
M E N U
S t a n d a r d G a s S e t t i n g
O K
S t a n d a r d G a s C a l i b r at i o n
S v c

C a n c e l

2. The system check will start.

1 S t a n d a r d G a s C a l i b r a t i o n S t e p : 1

3
S t d G a s C a l i b S y s t e m C h e c k ・・・・・

4
5 C O 2 : 5 . 5 % O 2 : 4 . 5 %

S T G : 5 . 0 % S T G : 5 . 0 %

- 177 - 70
3. If the system is normal, the following display will appear. Select OK and press the ENTER Key to start
calibrating the CO2 and O2 density. After calibration, return to normal cultivating operation.

1 S t a n d a r d G a s C a l i b r a t i o n S t e p : 2
M E N U
3 O K
S t d G a s C a l i b S t a r t ?
C a n c e l
4
5 C O 2 : 5 . 5 % O 2 : 4 . 5 %

S T G : 5 . 0 % S T G : 5 . 0 %

1 S t a n d a r d G a s C a l i b r a t i o n S t e p : 3

3
S t d G a s C a l i b r a t i n g ・・・・・

4
5 C O 2 : 5 . 5 % O 2 : 4 . 5 %

S T G : 5 . 0 % S T G : 5 . 0 %

o
1 T e mp 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 % A B

5 .
2
3
4
37.0 5.0 5.0
5 S t a t u s

6 O K

71 - 178 -
STACKING INCUBATORS
Use the following procedure to stack Incubators. This work is potentially dangerous, so contact a Sanyo
representative or agent.

CAUTION
x Select a floor that is strong enough to support the stacked incubators.
x Never stack three or more incubators. Doing so is dangerous.

1. Take out two stacking plates A, two stacking plates B, four protective stickers, and four screws from
accessory bag.
Note:
When stacking two incubators, use two stacking plates (A and B) for each one. Only one pair of
stacking plates is provided per incubator, so take out the stacking plates (A and B) from both incubators.
Similarly only 2 protective stickers are provided per incubator

2. Unplug both of the Incubators that are to be stacked.

3. Remove the caps at the two places in the front of the top surface of the Incubator that is to be on the
bottom, attach the protective stickers to the four corners on the top surface of the Incubator that is to be
on the bottom. (See Fig. A.)

4. Secure stacking plate A with the screws that are provided.

5. Remove the front panel (5 screws) from the Incubator that is to be on the top.

6. Place the upper Incubator on top of the lower one, being careful not to pinch your fingers.

7. Make the lower Incubator level by adjusting the legs, and then level the upper Incubator in the same
way.

8. Secure the stacking plate A fixed to the lower incubator to the upper Incubator with the accessory
screws.

9. Remove from the back of the lower Incubator the two hooks (4 screws) and remove from the upper
Incubator the 2 screws on the lower rear panel.

10. Use the 6 screws that were removed in step 9 to secure stacking plate B to the rear panels of the
upper and lower Incubators.

11. Replace the front panel (5 screws) to the upper Incubator.

12. Use the hooks on the back of the upper Incubator to prevent the Incubators from falling over.

- 179 - 72
Front panel

Stacking plate B

Front

Stacking plate A
Protective sticker

Hook

Fig.A

73 - 180 -
SPECIFICATIONS
Name Multi-gas Incubator
Models MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV) MCO-19M(UVH)
External dimensions W620 x D710 x H900 mm (W24.4 x D28.0 x H35.4 inch)
Internal dimensions W490 x D523 x H665 mm (W19.3 x D20.6 x H26.2 inch)
Interior volume 162 L (5.72 cu.ft.)
Exterior Painted steel
Interior Stainless steel containing copper
Outer door Painted steel
Inner door Stainless steel with gasket
Gastight split door 4 doors made of tempered glass
Trays 3 trays made of stainless steel containing copper
W450 x D450 x H12 mm (W17.7 x D17.7 x H0.47 inch), Maximum load: 7 kg/tray
Access port Inner diameter: 30 mm (1.18 inch), On the back side
Insulation Rigid polyurethane foamed-in place
Heating system DHA system (heater jacket + air jacket system)
Heater 314 W
Humidifying system Natural evaporation with humidifying pan
Temperature controller PID control system
Temperature display Digital display
CO2 controller PID control system
CO2 density display Digital display
O2 controller PID control system
O2 density display Digital display
Air circulation Fan assisted
Air filter 0.3 Pm, Efficiency: 99.97% or higher
UV lamp ----- 4W X 1 (ozone-free emission)
Water level sensor Optical
Alarms Automatic set temperature alarm, Automatic set CO2 density alarm
Automatic set O2 density alarm, Upper limit temperature alarm
various gas/sensor/heater alarms
Remote alarm contacts Allowable contact capacity: 30 VDC, 2 A
CO2 inlet connection 4 to 6 mm (0.157 to 0.236 inch) diameter tube can be connected
CO2 inlet pressure 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm2G, 4.3 psiG)
O2 inlet connection 4 to 6 mm diameter tube can be connected
O2 inlet pressure 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm2G, 7.1 psiG)
Weight 94 kg

- 181 - 74
Name Multi-gas Incubator
Models MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV) MCO-19M(UVH)
3 trays, 3 sets of tray supports, 3 gas tubes, 1 humidifying pan,
Accessories 1 gas injection nozzle, 1 gas injection nozzle tube
1 pair of stacking plates A and B, 2 protective stickers, 6 tube bands
H2O2 Generator (MCO-HP)
Standard equipment
H2O2 Decontamination Kit (MCO-HL)
UV Lamp Add-on Kit
Standard equipment
(MCO-19UVS)
H2O2 Decontamination Reagent (MCO-H2O2),
Automatic CO2 Standard Gas Calibration Kit (MCO-SG),
Gas Pressure Regulator (MCO-100L),
Extra Trays (MCO-47ST, includes 2 tray supports),
Optional accessories
Half Trays (MCO-25ST), Automatic CO2 Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC),
Roller Base (MCO-18RB), UV lamp replacement kit (MCO-20UV)
Stacking spacer (MCO-18SB, when stacking on the MCO-175),
Stacking spacer (MCO-21SB, when stacking on the MCO-20AIC)
Ethernet (LAN) Interface (MTR-L03), RS232C/RS485 Interface (MTR-480)
SANYO Data acquisition software (MTR-5000)
4-20mA Interface (MCO-420MA, USA only)
Note: Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.

PERFORMANCE
Temperature control range Ambient temperature+5 to 50oC (ambient temperature: 5 to 35oC)
Temperature distribution ± 0.25oC (ambient temperature: 25oC, setting: 37oC, CO2: 5%, O2: 5%, no load)
Temperature variation ± 0.1oC (ambient temperature: 25oC, setting: 37oC, CO2: 5%, O2: 5%, no load)
CO2 control range 0 to 20%
CO2 variation ± 0.15% (ambient temperature: 25oC, setting: 37oC, CO2: 5%, O2: 5%, no load)
O2 control range 1 to 18% and 22 to 80%
O2 variation ± 0.2% (ambient temperature: 25oC, setting: 37oC, CO2: 5%, O2: 5%, no load)
Chamber humidity 95% ± 5%
Temperature: 5 to 35oC, Humidity: 80% max.
Applicable environment
(The designed performance may not be obtained
condition
If the ambient temperature is equal or less than 15oC)
Noise level 30 dB (A scale)
Power consumption Max. 354 W Max. 335 W
Heat emission Max. 1,274 kJ/h Max. 1,206 kJ/h
Rated voltage, frequency 110 to 120 V, 60 Hz 220 V, 60 Hz 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz
Amperage Max. 3.1 A Max. 1.5 A Max. 1.5 A
Note: The unit with CE mark complies with EC directives.
Based on our measuring method.
Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.

75 - 182 -
CAUTION
Please fill in this form before servicing.
Hand over this form to the service engineer to keep for his and your safety.

Safety check sheet


1. Unit contents
Risk of infection: □Yes □No
Risk of toxicity: □Yes □No
Risk from radioactive sources: □Yes □No

(List all potentially hazardous materials that have been stored in this unit.)
Notes :

2. Contamination of the unit


Unit interior
No contamination □Yes □No
Decontaminated □Yes □No
Contaminated □Yes □No
Others:

3. Instructions for safe repair/maintenance of the unit


a) The unit is safe to work on □Yes □No
b) There is some danger (see below) □Yes □No
Procedure to be adhered to in order to reduce safety risk indicated in b) below.

Date :
Signature :
Address, Division :
Telephone :

Product name : Model : Serial number : Date of Installation :


Multi-gas incubator MCO-19M(UVH)
MCO-19M(UV)
MCO-19M

Please decontaminate the unit yourself before calling the service engineer.

- 183 - 76
DC3186-150B SANYO Electric Co., Ltd
Printed in Japan

You might also like